1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17187 59902))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17277 60153))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17257
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17187 59901))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17257 22482))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
507 and many other features.
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
584 See the `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
627 The topics contained by a topic;
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
635 Topic text constituents:
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17257 22483))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17226 24576))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
722 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17187 59901))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17187 59902))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17229 28052))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
827 (defvar appt-audible t "\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
832 (defvar appt-visible t "\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
850 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
862 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
900 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17277 59649))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
903 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
904 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
905 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
906 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
908 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
909 kind of objects to search.
911 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
913 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
914 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
915 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
916 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
917 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
918 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
920 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
923 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
925 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
927 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
928 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
929 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
930 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
931 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
932 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
934 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
935 noninteractive functions.
937 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
938 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
940 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
941 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
943 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
945 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
946 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
948 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
950 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
951 Show all bound symbols whose names match PATTERN.
952 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
953 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
954 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
955 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
957 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
958 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
959 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
961 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
963 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
964 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches PATTERN.
965 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
966 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
967 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
968 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
970 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
971 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
972 Returns list of symbols and values found.
974 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
976 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
977 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for PATTERN.
978 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
979 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
980 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
981 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
983 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
984 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
986 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
992 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17238
994 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
996 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
997 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
998 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
999 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1000 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1001 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1003 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1004 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1007 \\{archive-mode-map}
1009 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17187 59901))
1014 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1016 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1017 Major mode for editing arrays.
1019 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1020 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1021 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1023 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1025 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1026 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1027 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1029 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1030 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1031 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1032 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1035 Variables you assign:
1036 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1037 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1038 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1039 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1040 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1041 row numbers in the buffer.
1043 Variables which are calculated:
1044 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1045 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1047 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1048 take a numeric prefix argument):
1050 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1051 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1052 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1053 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1055 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1056 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1057 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1058 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1060 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1061 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1062 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1063 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1065 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1066 between that of point and mark.
1068 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1069 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1071 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1072 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1073 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1074 newlines inside rows)
1076 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1078 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1084 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17229
1086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1088 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1089 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1090 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1091 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1093 How to quit artist mode
1095 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1098 How to submit a bug report
1100 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1103 Drawing with the mouse:
1106 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1107 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1111 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1114 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1115 --------------------------------------------------------------
1116 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1118 --------------------------------------------------------------
1119 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1120 --------------------------------------------------------------
1121 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1122 --------------------------------------------------------------
1123 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1124 --------------------------------------------------------------
1125 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1126 --------------------------------------------------------------
1127 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1128 --------------------------------------------------------------
1129 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1130 --------------------------------------------------------------
1131 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1132 --------------------------------------------------------------
1133 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1135 --------------------------------------------------------------
1136 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1137 --------------------------------------------------------------
1138 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1145 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1148 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1149 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1150 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1151 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1154 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1155 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1156 overwrite means the opposite.
1158 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1159 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1160 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1162 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1164 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1165 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1167 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1168 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1169 are currently drawing something.
1171 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1175 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1176 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1181 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1183 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1185 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1187 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1189 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1190 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1192 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1197 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1198 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1199 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1200 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1201 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1202 When pasting: Pastes
1204 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1206 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1208 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1209 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1210 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1211 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1212 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1213 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1218 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1219 of the line/poly-line
1221 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1222 of the line/poly-line
1227 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1229 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1230 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1231 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1232 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1233 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1234 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1235 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1236 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1237 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1238 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1239 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1240 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1241 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1242 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1243 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1244 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1245 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1246 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1247 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1248 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1253 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1254 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1256 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1257 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1258 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1259 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1260 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1261 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1262 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1263 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1264 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1265 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1266 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1267 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1268 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1269 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1270 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1271 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1272 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1273 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1274 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1278 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1279 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1286 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17277
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1294 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1295 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1296 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1298 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1299 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1300 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1301 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1303 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1304 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1306 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1307 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1309 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1318 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1319 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
1320 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1322 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1325 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1327 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1328 This command is obsolete.
1334 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1335 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1336 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1338 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1339 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1340 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1342 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1344 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1346 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1347 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1348 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1349 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1350 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1351 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1352 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1353 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1354 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1355 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1358 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1359 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1360 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1361 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1362 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1364 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1368 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1369 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1370 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1372 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1374 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1376 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1378 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1379 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1380 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1381 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1382 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1383 &c to supply digit arguments.
1385 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1391 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1392 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
1393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1395 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1396 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1402 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1403 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17187 59901))
1404 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1406 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1407 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1408 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1412 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1413 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1414 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1415 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1417 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1419 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1425 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1427 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1429 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1430 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1431 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1432 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1434 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1435 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1442 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1443 ;;;;;; (17277 59649))
1444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1446 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1447 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1448 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1449 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1450 save the buffer too.
1452 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1454 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1456 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1457 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1458 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1459 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1460 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1461 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1463 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1464 directory or directories specified.
1466 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1468 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1469 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1470 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1476 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1477 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1478 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17187 59901))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1481 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1482 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1484 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1485 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1486 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1487 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1488 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1492 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1493 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1495 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1496 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1500 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1501 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1502 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1504 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1505 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1506 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1507 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1508 reflected in the current buffer.
1510 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1511 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1512 writing before you save the file!
1514 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1519 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1521 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1522 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1526 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1527 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1528 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1530 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1532 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1534 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1536 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1537 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1539 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1540 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1541 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1547 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1548 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17187 59901))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1551 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1552 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1553 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1555 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1557 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1559 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1560 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1561 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1562 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1564 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1565 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1566 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1568 Effects of the different modes:
1569 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1570 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1571 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1572 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1573 a random distance & direction.
1574 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1575 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1576 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1578 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1580 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1581 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1582 definition of \"random distance\".)
1584 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1588 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1589 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1592 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1593 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1595 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1596 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1600 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1601 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1602 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1603 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1605 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1607 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1609 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1613 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1616 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1618 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1619 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1620 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1621 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1625 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1626 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1627 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1629 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1631 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1633 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1635 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1636 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1637 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1638 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1639 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1646 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1647 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17187 59901))
1648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1650 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1651 Time execution of FORMS.
1652 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1653 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1655 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1656 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1657 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1659 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1661 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1662 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1663 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1664 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1665 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1667 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1669 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1670 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1671 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1672 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1673 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1675 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17238
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1683 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1684 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1686 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1688 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1689 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1690 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1691 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1693 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1694 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1695 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1696 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1697 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1699 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1700 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1703 Special information:
1705 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1707 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1708 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1709 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1710 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1711 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1712 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1713 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1714 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1715 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1716 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1717 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1719 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1720 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1721 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1722 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1723 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1724 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1725 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1726 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1728 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1730 ----------------------------------------------------------
1731 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1732 if that value is non-nil.
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1741 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1742 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1745 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1747 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1748 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1749 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1751 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1753 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1754 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1758 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1759 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1765 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17257
1767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1769 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1771 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1775 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1776 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1777 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1778 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1779 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1784 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1785 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1788 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1791 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1792 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1794 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1795 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1797 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1798 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1799 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1800 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1801 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1802 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1806 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1808 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1809 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1810 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1811 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1813 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1814 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1815 denoted by the letter `R'.
1817 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1818 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1819 denoted by the letter `H'.
1821 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1824 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1825 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1826 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1827 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1828 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1829 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1832 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1833 degree deflection it causes.
1836 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1837 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1838 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1839 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1840 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1841 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1842 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1843 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1846 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1847 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1850 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1851 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1852 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1853 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1854 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1855 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1856 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1857 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1860 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1861 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1862 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1863 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1864 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1865 emerging from the box.
1867 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1869 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1870 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1871 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1872 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1873 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1874 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1878 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1885 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1886 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1887 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1888 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17277 59649))
1889 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1890 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1891 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1892 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1894 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1895 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1896 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1897 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1898 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1899 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1900 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1901 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1902 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1903 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1904 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1905 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1906 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1907 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1908 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1909 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1910 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1911 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1912 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1914 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1915 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1916 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1917 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1918 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1919 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1920 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1921 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1924 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1925 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1926 yank successive words.
1928 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1929 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1930 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1931 name of the file being visited.
1933 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1934 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1935 the list of bookmarks.)
1937 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1939 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1940 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1941 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1942 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1943 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1946 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1947 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1948 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1949 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1951 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1953 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1954 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1955 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1956 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1957 after a bookmark was set in it.
1959 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1961 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1962 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1963 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1964 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1966 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1968 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1970 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1971 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1972 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1973 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1975 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1976 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1977 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1979 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1980 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1983 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1985 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1986 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1987 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1988 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1989 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1992 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1994 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1995 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1996 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1997 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1998 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1999 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2000 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2001 probably because we were called from there.
2003 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2005 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2006 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2007 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2011 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2012 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2013 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2014 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2017 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2018 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2019 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2020 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2021 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2023 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2024 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2025 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2026 `bookmark-default-file'.
2028 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2030 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2031 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2032 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2033 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2034 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2037 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2038 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2039 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2040 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2041 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2044 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2045 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2046 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2047 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2049 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2051 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2052 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2053 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2054 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2055 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2059 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2061 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2063 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2065 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2069 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2070 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2071 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2072 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2073 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2074 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2075 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2076 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2077 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2078 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17257 22483))
2079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2081 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2082 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2083 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2084 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2086 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2087 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2088 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2089 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2090 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2092 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2094 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2095 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2097 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2099 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2100 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2102 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2104 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2109 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2110 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2111 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2112 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2113 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2114 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2116 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2118 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2119 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2120 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2121 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2124 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2126 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2127 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2131 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2132 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2134 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2136 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2137 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2138 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2139 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2141 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2143 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2144 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2145 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2146 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2150 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2151 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2152 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2153 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2154 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2159 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2160 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2161 Default to the URL around or before point.
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2165 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2166 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2169 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2171 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2172 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2173 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2175 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2179 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2180 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2182 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2183 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2184 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2185 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2187 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2188 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2189 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2191 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2192 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2194 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2196 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2198 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2199 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2201 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2202 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2203 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2204 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2206 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2207 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2208 new tab in an existing window instead.
2210 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2211 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2215 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2217 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2218 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2221 When called interactively, if variable
2222 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2223 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2224 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2225 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2227 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2228 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2229 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2231 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2232 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2234 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2235 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2236 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2237 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2238 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2239 URL in a new window.
2241 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2244 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2245 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2246 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2248 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2249 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2250 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2251 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2253 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2254 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2255 new tab in an existing window instead.
2257 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2258 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2260 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2262 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2263 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2264 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2265 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2267 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2268 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2269 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2270 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2272 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2273 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2275 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2280 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2281 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2282 program is invoked according to the variable
2283 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2285 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2286 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2287 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2288 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2291 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2293 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2298 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2300 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2302 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2303 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2304 Default to the URL around or before point.
2306 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2307 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2308 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2310 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2311 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2312 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2313 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2316 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2320 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2321 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2322 Default to the URL around or before point.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point.
2330 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2331 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2332 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2335 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2341 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2342 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2349 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2350 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2357 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2360 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2361 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2362 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2369 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2371 Default to the URL around or before point.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2376 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2377 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2378 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2379 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2384 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2385 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2395 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2396 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2397 don't offer a form of remote control.
2399 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2401 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2402 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2403 Default to the URL around or before point.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17187
2411 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2413 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2414 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2418 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2419 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2425 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2426 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17187 59901))
2427 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2429 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2430 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2431 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2432 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2436 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2437 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2438 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2439 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2443 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2444 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2448 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2449 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2451 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2452 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2453 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2454 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2456 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2457 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2458 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2459 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2460 name of buffer configuration.
2466 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2467 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17187
2469 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2471 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2472 Keymap used by buttons.")
2474 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2475 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2476 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2478 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2479 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2480 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2481 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2482 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2483 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2485 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2486 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2487 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2488 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2490 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2492 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2493 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2494 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2495 specifying properties to add to the button.
2496 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2497 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2498 `define-button-type'.
2500 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2502 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2504 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2505 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2506 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2507 specifying properties to add to the button.
2508 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2509 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2510 `define-button-type'.
2512 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2514 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2516 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2517 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2518 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2519 specifying properties to add to the button.
2520 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2521 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2522 `define-button-type'.
2524 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2525 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2526 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2529 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2531 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2533 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2534 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2535 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2536 specifying properties to add to the button.
2537 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2538 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2539 `define-button-type'.
2541 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2542 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2543 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2544 `insert-text-button'.
2546 Also see `make-text-button'.
2548 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2552 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2553 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2554 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2555 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2556 ;;;;;; (17257 22482))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2559 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2560 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2561 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2563 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2565 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2566 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2567 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2568 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2570 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2571 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2572 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2573 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2574 whether to compile it.
2576 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2578 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2579 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2581 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2583 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2584 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2585 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2586 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2587 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2589 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2591 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2592 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2593 Print the result in the echo area.
2594 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2598 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2599 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2600 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2602 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2604 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2605 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2606 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2607 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2608 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2609 all functions called by those functions.
2611 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2612 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2615 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2616 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2617 invoked interactively.
2619 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2621 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2622 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2623 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2624 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2628 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2629 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2630 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2631 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2632 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2633 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2634 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2637 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2639 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2640 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2641 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2642 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2644 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17187 59880))
2649 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2651 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2653 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2657 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2658 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
2659 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2661 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2662 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2663 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2664 from the cursor position.
2666 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2671 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2672 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2673 ;;;;;; (17277 59649))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2676 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2677 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2679 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2680 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2682 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2683 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2687 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2688 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2690 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2692 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2693 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2695 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2697 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2698 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2702 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2703 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2704 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2705 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2707 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2709 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2710 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2711 This is most useful in the X window system.
2712 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2713 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2715 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2717 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2719 See calc-keypad for details.
2721 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2723 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2724 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2726 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2728 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2729 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2731 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2733 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2734 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2736 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2738 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2739 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2740 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2742 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2744 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2747 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17187
2753 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2755 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2756 Run the Emacs calculator.
2757 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2764 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2765 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2766 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2767 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2768 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2769 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2770 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2771 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2772 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2773 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2774 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2775 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2776 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2777 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2778 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2779 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2780 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17229 28052))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2783 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2784 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2785 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2786 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2789 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2791 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2792 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2793 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2794 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2795 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2796 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2798 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2800 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2801 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2802 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2804 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2806 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2807 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2808 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2810 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2812 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2813 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2814 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2817 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2819 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2820 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2821 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2825 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2826 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2827 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2829 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2831 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2833 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2834 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2835 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2837 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2840 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2842 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2843 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2844 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2846 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2849 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2851 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2852 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2853 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2855 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2858 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2860 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2861 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2862 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2864 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2866 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2867 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2868 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2869 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2870 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2872 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2874 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2875 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2876 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2877 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2878 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2879 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2880 a function is also provided for this:
2881 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2883 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2884 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2885 date is not visible in the window.
2887 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2888 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2889 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2891 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2893 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2894 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2896 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2897 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2898 date is visible in the window.
2900 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2901 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2902 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2904 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2906 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2907 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2911 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2913 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2915 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2917 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2918 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2920 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2921 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2929 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2930 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2931 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2932 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2933 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2934 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2935 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2936 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2937 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2938 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2939 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2940 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2943 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2944 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2945 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2946 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2954 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2955 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2957 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2958 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2959 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2960 window but will appear in a diary window.
2962 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2963 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2965 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2966 entries (in the default American style):
2968 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2969 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2970 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2972 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2973 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2974 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2975 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2976 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2977 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2978 &* 15 time cards due.
2980 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2981 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2982 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2986 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2987 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2988 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2989 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2990 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2991 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2993 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2994 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2995 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2997 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2999 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3001 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3002 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3003 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3004 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3005 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3006 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3007 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3008 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3009 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3010 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3013 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3014 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3015 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3016 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3017 documentation for these functions for details.
3019 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3020 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3022 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3024 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3025 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3027 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3029 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3030 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3032 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3034 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3035 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3037 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3039 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3040 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3042 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3044 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3045 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3046 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3048 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3050 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3051 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3052 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3054 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3056 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3057 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3058 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3059 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3062 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3064 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3065 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3066 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3067 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3076 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3077 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3078 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3079 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3080 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3081 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3083 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3085 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3086 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3087 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3089 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3091 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3092 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3093 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3095 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3097 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3098 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3099 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3101 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3103 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3104 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3105 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3109 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3110 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3111 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3112 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3113 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3114 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3116 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3118 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3119 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3120 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3122 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3123 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3124 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3127 #include \"filename\"
3129 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3130 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3131 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3132 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3133 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3135 For example, you could use
3137 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3138 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3139 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3141 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3142 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3143 lexicographic order.")
3145 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3147 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3148 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3149 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3151 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3153 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3154 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3155 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3158 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3159 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3160 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3161 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3162 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3163 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3164 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3166 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3167 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3168 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3169 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3170 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3171 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3172 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3173 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3177 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3178 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3179 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3180 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3181 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3182 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3183 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3187 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3188 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3190 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3191 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3192 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3194 #include \"filename\"
3195 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3196 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3197 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3198 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3199 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3201 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3203 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3204 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3205 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3206 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3207 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3208 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3209 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3211 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3213 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3214 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3215 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3218 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3220 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3221 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3222 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3223 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3224 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3226 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3228 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3230 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3231 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3232 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3234 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3236 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3238 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3240 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3242 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3244 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3246 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3248 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3252 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3254 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3255 *User defined holidays.
3256 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3258 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3260 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3264 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3268 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3270 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3272 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3274 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3276 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3278 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3280 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3282 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3284 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3286 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3287 *Christian holidays.
3288 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3290 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3292 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3294 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3296 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3298 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3300 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3302 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3304 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3306 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3308 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3310 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3311 *Sun-related holidays.
3312 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3316 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3318 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3319 The frame setup of the calendar.
3320 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3321 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3322 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3323 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3324 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3326 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3328 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3329 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3330 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3332 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3333 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3337 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3338 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3339 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3341 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3342 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3343 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3344 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3346 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3350 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3351 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17187 59901))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3354 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3355 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3357 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3359 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3360 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3361 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3368 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3369 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
3370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3372 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3373 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3374 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3380 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3381 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3382 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
3383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3385 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3386 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3387 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3388 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3389 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3390 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3391 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3393 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3395 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3396 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3397 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3398 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3399 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3400 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3401 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3402 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3404 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3405 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3406 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3407 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3408 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3409 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3411 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3413 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3414 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3421 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3422 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3424 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3425 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3426 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3427 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3428 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3429 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3432 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3434 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3435 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3442 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3443 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3444 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3446 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3447 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3448 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3449 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3450 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3451 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3454 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3456 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3457 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3464 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3465 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3466 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3468 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3469 Major mode for editing Java code.
3470 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3471 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3472 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3473 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3476 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3478 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3479 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3486 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3487 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3490 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3491 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3492 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3493 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3494 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3495 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3498 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3500 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3501 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3508 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3509 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3510 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3511 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3513 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3514 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3515 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3516 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3517 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3518 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3521 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3523 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3524 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3530 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3531 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3532 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3535 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3539 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3540 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17226 24577))
3541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3543 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3544 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3545 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3546 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3547 for details of setting up styles.
3549 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3552 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3553 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3554 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3555 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3558 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3559 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3560 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3561 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3562 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3565 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3566 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3567 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3568 when used elsewhere.
3570 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3572 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3573 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3574 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3575 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3577 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3579 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3580 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3581 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3583 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3585 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3586 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3587 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3588 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3589 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3591 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3595 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3596 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3597 ;;;;;; (17187 59880))
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3600 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3601 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3603 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3605 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3606 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3608 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3610 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3611 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3613 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3614 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3615 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3616 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3619 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3621 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3623 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3624 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3626 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3627 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3631 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3632 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3633 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3634 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3635 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3638 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3639 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3640 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3641 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3643 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3644 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3647 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3649 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3651 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3654 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3655 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3657 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3658 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3659 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3662 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3664 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3665 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3666 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3668 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3670 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3672 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3673 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3675 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3679 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3681 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3683 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3684 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3687 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3688 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3691 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3693 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3694 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3695 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3696 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3697 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3698 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3699 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3700 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3701 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3702 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3703 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3704 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3705 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3706 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3707 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3708 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3711 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3712 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3714 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3715 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3717 | (write EXPRESSION)
3718 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3719 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3722 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3725 ;; Same as: (write string)
3727 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3728 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3729 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3732 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3733 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3734 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3735 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3736 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3737 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3739 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3740 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3742 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3745 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3746 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3747 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3749 ARG := REG | integer
3752 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3755 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3758 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3761 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3762 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3765 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3766 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3767 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3770 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3771 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3772 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3775 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3776 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3778 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3779 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3780 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3783 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3784 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3787 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3788 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3790 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3793 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3797 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3798 ;; Same meaning as C code
3799 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3801 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3806 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3807 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3810 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3811 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3815 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3819 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3820 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3821 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3823 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3824 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3825 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3827 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3828 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3829 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3830 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3831 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3834 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3836 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3837 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3838 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3839 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3840 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3841 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3843 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3845 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3846 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3847 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3849 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3851 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3856 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3859 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3860 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3861 There are no special keybindings by default.
3863 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3864 to the action header.
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3871 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3872 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3873 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3874 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3875 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3876 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3877 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3878 ;;;;;; (17226 24574))
3879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3881 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3883 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3884 the users will view as each check is completed.
3888 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3889 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3890 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3891 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3892 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3893 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3894 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3895 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3897 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3899 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3900 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3901 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3902 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3903 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3904 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3905 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3906 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3908 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3910 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3911 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3912 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3913 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3914 spacing are all verified.
3918 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3920 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3921 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3922 otherwise stop after the first error.
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3927 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3928 Only documentation strings are checked.
3929 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3933 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3935 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3936 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3938 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3939 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3941 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3943 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3944 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3945 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3946 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3949 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3951 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3952 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3953 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3954 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3956 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3958 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3960 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3961 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3962 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3964 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3967 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3968 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3969 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3970 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3974 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3975 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3976 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3977 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3978 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3979 space at the end of each line.
3981 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3983 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3984 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3985 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3986 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3988 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3990 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3991 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3992 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3993 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3995 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3997 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3998 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3999 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4000 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4002 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4004 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4005 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4006 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4007 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4009 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4012 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4013 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4014 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4016 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4018 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4019 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4020 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4021 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4023 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4027 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4028 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4030 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4034 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4035 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4037 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4041 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4042 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4044 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4046 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4047 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4048 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4050 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4051 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4052 checking of documentation strings.
4054 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4061 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17187
4063 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4065 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4066 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4067 Return the length of resulting text.
4069 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4071 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4072 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4076 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4077 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4078 Return the length of resulting text.
4080 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4082 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4083 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4089 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4090 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17187 59901))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4093 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4094 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4095 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4096 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4097 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4098 editing and the result is evaluated.
4100 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4103 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4104 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4105 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4106 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4108 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4112 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4113 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4116 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4118 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4119 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4120 \\{command-history-map}
4122 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4123 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17187 59901))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4132 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4133 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4134 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4135 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4136 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4137 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4139 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4140 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4145 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4148 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4151 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4155 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4156 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4159 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4160 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4161 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4162 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4164 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4165 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4166 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4167 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4169 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4170 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4172 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4176 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17187
4178 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4180 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4181 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4182 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4183 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4184 of `scheme-program-name').
4185 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4193 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4197 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4198 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4201 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4202 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4203 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4204 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4205 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4207 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4209 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4210 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4211 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4212 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4213 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4214 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4215 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4216 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4217 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4218 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4219 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4220 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4221 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4222 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4223 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4224 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4225 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4226 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4227 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4228 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4229 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4230 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4231 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4232 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4233 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4234 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4235 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4236 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4237 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4238 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4239 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4240 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4241 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4242 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4243 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4244 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4245 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4250 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4251 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17226 24576))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4254 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4255 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4256 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4259 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4260 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4261 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4262 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4264 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4266 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4267 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4270 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4272 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4273 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4274 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4276 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4278 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4279 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4280 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4282 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4284 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4285 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4287 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4288 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4289 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4291 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4292 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4296 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4297 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4299 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4300 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4301 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4303 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4307 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4308 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4309 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4310 ;;;;;; (17277 60153))
4311 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4313 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4314 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4315 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4316 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4317 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4318 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4319 functions have already modified the buffer.
4321 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4323 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4324 either globally or locally.")
4326 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4328 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4329 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4330 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4331 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4332 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4333 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4334 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4335 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4337 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4339 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4341 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4342 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4343 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4344 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4345 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4346 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4347 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4348 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4350 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4352 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4354 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4355 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4356 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4357 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4358 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4359 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4361 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4363 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4364 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4365 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4366 directory tracking functions.")
4368 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4369 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4370 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4372 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4374 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4376 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4377 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4378 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4380 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4382 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4384 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4385 Send COMMAND to current process.
4386 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4387 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4389 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4391 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4392 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4393 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4394 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4396 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4400 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17187
4402 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4404 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4405 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4435 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4436 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4437 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4438 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17263 27852))
4439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4441 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4442 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4444 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4446 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4447 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4449 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4451 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4452 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4453 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4454 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4455 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4456 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4457 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4459 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4460 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4461 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4462 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4463 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4465 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4466 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4467 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4468 describing how the process finished.")
4470 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4471 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4472 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4473 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4475 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4476 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4477 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4479 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4481 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4482 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4483 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4484 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4486 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4488 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4489 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4491 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4492 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4494 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4496 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4497 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4498 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4499 (concat \"make -k \"
4500 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4502 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4504 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4505 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4506 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4507 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4509 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4511 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4512 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4513 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4514 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4516 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4517 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4519 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4520 and move to the source code that caused it.
4522 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4523 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4524 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4525 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4527 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4528 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4529 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4530 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4533 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4534 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4535 to a function that generates a unique name.
4537 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4539 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4540 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4541 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4542 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4544 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4545 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4546 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4547 to determine the buffer name.
4549 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4550 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4551 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4553 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4555 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4557 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4558 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4559 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4560 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4561 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4563 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4565 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4567 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4569 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4570 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4571 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4572 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4573 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4574 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4575 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4579 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4580 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4581 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4582 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4583 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4584 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4588 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4589 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4590 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4592 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4594 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4598 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4599 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
4600 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4602 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4603 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4604 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4606 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4608 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4610 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4612 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4613 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4614 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4616 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4617 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4618 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4619 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4621 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4622 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4623 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4624 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4626 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4627 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4628 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4629 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4635 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4636 ;;;;;; (17226 24571))
4637 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4639 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4640 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4646 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4647 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4648 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4649 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17187 59901))
4650 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4652 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4653 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4654 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4655 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4658 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4660 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4661 | | 1:tc or top-center
4662 | | 2:tr or top-right
4663 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4664 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4665 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4666 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4667 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4668 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4670 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4671 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4672 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4673 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4676 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4677 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4678 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4680 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4684 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4688 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4691 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4692 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4693 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4694 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4696 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4698 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4699 Compose characters in the current region.
4701 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4702 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4704 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4706 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4707 specifying the region.
4709 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4710 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4711 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4713 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4714 of the text in the region.
4716 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4718 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4719 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4720 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4721 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4723 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4724 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4727 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4728 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4729 text in the composition.
4731 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4733 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4734 Decompose text in the current region.
4736 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4737 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4739 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4741 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4742 Compose characters in string STRING.
4744 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4745 the characters in it.
4747 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4748 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4749 STRING respectively.
4751 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4752 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4753 `compose-region' for more detail.
4755 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4756 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4757 text in the composition.
4759 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4761 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4762 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4764 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4766 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4767 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4768 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4769 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4770 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4771 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4772 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4773 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4775 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4777 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4778 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4780 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4781 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4783 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4784 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4786 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4787 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4789 If no composition is found, return nil.
4791 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4792 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4794 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4795 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4796 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4798 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4800 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4802 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4803 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4804 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4806 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4808 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4810 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4812 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4813 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4815 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4816 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4817 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4818 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4819 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4820 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4821 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4824 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4826 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4827 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4829 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4831 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4832 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4834 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4836 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4838 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4839 Compose last characters.
4840 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4841 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4842 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4843 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4844 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4845 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4846 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4847 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4848 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4849 after a sequence of character events.
4852 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4854 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4855 Convert CHAR to string.
4857 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4858 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4859 vector of CHAR respectively.
4860 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4862 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4864 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4868 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4869 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4870 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17263 27852))
4871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4873 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4874 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4875 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4876 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4877 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4878 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4879 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4881 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4882 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4883 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4885 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4886 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4887 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4889 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4890 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4891 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4892 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4894 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4895 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4896 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4897 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4898 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4899 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4900 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4906 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4907 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4908 Comments start with `#'.
4909 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4911 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4921 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4922 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4923 Comments start with `;'.
4924 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4926 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4928 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4929 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4930 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4932 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4933 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4937 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4938 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4939 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4940 between `/*' and `*/'.
4941 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4943 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4944 // another kind of comment
4956 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4957 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4958 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4959 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4960 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4961 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4964 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4966 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4968 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4972 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4974 # Standard multimedia devices
4975 add /dev/audio desktop
4976 add /dev/mixer desktop
4980 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4981 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4982 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4983 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4985 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4987 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4988 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4992 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4993 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4994 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4995 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4997 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4999 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5000 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5004 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5005 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5006 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5007 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5009 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5019 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17187 59902))
5020 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5022 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5023 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5024 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5025 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5027 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5029 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5030 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5031 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5032 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5034 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5036 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5037 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5038 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5039 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5041 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5043 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5044 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5046 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5050 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5051 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17187 59901))
5052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5054 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5055 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5056 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5057 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5058 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5059 following the copyright are updated as well.
5060 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5063 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5065 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5066 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5067 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5071 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5072 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5074 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5082 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5083 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5084 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5085 Tab indents for Perl code.
5086 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5089 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5090 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5091 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5092 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5093 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5094 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5095 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5096 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5097 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5098 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5099 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5100 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5102 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5104 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5105 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5107 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5109 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5110 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5111 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5112 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5113 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5114 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5115 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5116 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5117 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5119 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5123 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5124 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5125 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5128 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5129 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5130 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5132 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5134 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5135 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5136 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5137 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5138 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5140 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5150 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5151 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5152 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5153 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5154 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5155 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5156 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5157 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5158 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5159 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5160 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5161 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5162 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5164 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5165 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5166 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5167 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5168 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5169 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5171 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5172 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5175 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5176 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5177 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5178 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5179 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5181 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5182 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5183 span the needed amount of lines.
5185 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5186 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5187 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5188 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5190 Variables controlling indentation style:
5191 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5192 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5193 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5194 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5195 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5196 `cperl-auto-newline'
5197 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5198 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5199 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5200 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5201 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5202 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5203 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5204 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5205 `cperl-indent-level'
5206 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5207 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5208 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5209 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5210 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5211 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5212 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5213 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5214 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5215 `cperl-brace-offset'
5216 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5217 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5218 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5219 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5220 `cperl-label-offset'
5221 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5222 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5223 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5225 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5226 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5227 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5228 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5229 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5231 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5232 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5233 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5234 \(both available from menu).
5236 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5237 column 0 is indented on
5238 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5240 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5243 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5244 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5245 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5252 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5255 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5256 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5257 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5258 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5259 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5263 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5264 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5270 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5271 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
5272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5274 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5275 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5276 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5277 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5280 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5282 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5284 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5285 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5286 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5290 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5294 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5295 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
5296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5298 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5299 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5300 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5301 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5303 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5304 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5305 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5306 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5308 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5309 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5310 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5312 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5313 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5316 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5317 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5318 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5320 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5322 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5323 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5324 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5326 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5330 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5331 ;;;;;; (17251 25141))
5332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5334 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5335 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5336 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5338 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5340 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5342 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5344 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5345 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5346 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5347 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5348 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5350 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5351 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5352 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5353 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5354 function of these prefix keys.
5356 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5357 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5359 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5360 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5361 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5363 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5364 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5365 the prefix fallback behavior.
5367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5369 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5370 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5373 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5374 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5375 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5376 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5377 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5378 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5379 (if user-init-file (concat
5380 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5381 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5385 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5386 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5387 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5388 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5389 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5390 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5391 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5392 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5393 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17277 60153))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5395 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5397 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5398 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5400 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5401 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5403 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5404 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5406 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5408 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5410 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5411 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5412 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5414 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5415 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5417 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5418 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5420 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5421 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5424 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5426 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5428 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5430 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5431 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5434 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5435 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5437 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5438 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5440 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5441 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5443 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5444 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5446 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5448 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5450 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5451 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5452 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5453 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5454 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5458 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5459 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5460 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5461 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5465 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5466 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5470 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5471 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5475 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5477 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5478 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5480 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5482 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5484 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5485 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5486 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5488 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5490 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5491 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5492 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5493 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5494 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5496 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5497 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5500 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5502 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5503 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5504 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5505 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5507 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5508 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5510 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5512 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5513 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5514 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5516 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5517 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5519 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5521 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5522 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5526 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5527 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5531 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5532 Customize all already saved user options.
5536 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5537 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5538 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5539 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5540 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5541 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5542 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5544 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5546 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5547 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5548 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5550 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5552 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5553 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5555 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5557 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5558 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5560 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5562 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5563 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5564 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5565 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5566 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5569 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5571 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5572 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5573 The result includes selecting that window.
5574 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5575 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5576 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5579 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5581 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5582 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5584 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5586 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5587 File used for storing customization information.
5588 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5589 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5590 it should be an absolute file name.
5592 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5593 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5594 something like the following in your init file:
5596 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5599 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5600 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5602 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5603 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5604 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5605 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5606 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5608 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5609 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5610 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5611 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5612 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5613 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5614 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5615 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5616 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5617 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5619 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5621 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5622 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5626 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5627 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5631 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5632 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5633 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5635 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5637 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5638 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5639 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5640 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5641 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5643 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5648 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17244 4913))
5649 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5651 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5652 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5654 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5656 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5657 Alist of face attributes.
5659 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5660 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5661 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5662 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5663 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5664 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5666 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5667 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5668 customization type TYPE).
5670 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5671 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5672 given face attribute.")
5674 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5675 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5676 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5677 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5679 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5681 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5682 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5683 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5684 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5685 between themes and faces.
5686 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5688 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5689 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5691 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5693 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5694 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5695 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5699 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5701 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5703 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5704 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5705 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5707 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5711 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5717 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5718 ;;;;;; (17187 59914))
5719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5721 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5722 Create a custom theme.
5728 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5729 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
5730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5732 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5733 Mode used for cvs status output.
5739 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5740 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17187 59902))
5741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5743 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5744 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5746 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5747 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5748 C++ modes are included.
5750 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5754 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5758 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5762 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5763 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5764 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5766 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5768 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5770 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5772 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5773 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5774 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5775 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5776 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5782 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5783 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5784 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5787 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5788 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5790 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5792 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5793 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5795 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5797 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5798 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5799 For readability, the table is slightly
5800 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5802 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5803 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5804 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5805 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5806 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5808 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5812 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5815 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5816 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5818 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5819 Completion on current word.
5820 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5821 and presents suggestions for completion.
5823 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5824 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5827 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5828 then it searches *all* buffers.
5830 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5831 if there is a suitable one already.
5833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5835 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5836 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5838 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5839 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5840 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5841 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5842 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5844 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5845 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5847 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5848 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5849 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5851 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5852 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5854 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17277
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5864 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5865 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5867 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5868 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5869 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5871 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5872 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5873 Data lines are not indented.
5878 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5880 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5881 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5882 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5883 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5885 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5888 Extra indentation within blocks.
5890 dcl-continuation-offset
5891 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5894 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5896 dcl-margin-label-offset
5897 Indentation for a label.
5899 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5900 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5902 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5903 dcl-block-end-regexp
5904 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5905 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5906 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5907 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5908 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5910 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5911 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5912 Two such functions are included in the package:
5913 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5914 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5916 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5917 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5918 One such function is included in the package:
5919 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5921 dcl-tab-always-indent
5922 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5923 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5926 dcl-electric-characters
5927 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5930 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5931 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5932 which words trigger electric indentation.
5935 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5936 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5937 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5939 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5940 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5941 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5942 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5944 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5945 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5946 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5947 dcl-imenu-label-call
5948 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5950 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5951 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5952 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5953 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5956 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5958 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5959 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5960 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5962 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5963 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5967 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5968 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5969 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5970 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5971 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5972 \"lined up with the command line\"
5974 Data lines are not indented at all.
5975 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5980 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5981 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5988 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17257 22482))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5991 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5993 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5994 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5995 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5998 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5999 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6000 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6002 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6004 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6005 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6007 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6009 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6010 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6011 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6012 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6013 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6014 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6016 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6017 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6019 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6021 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6022 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6023 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6024 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6025 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6027 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6032 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6035 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6036 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6040 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6041 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6042 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6043 Upper-case letters are commands.
6045 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6048 The most useful commands are:
6049 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6050 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6051 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6052 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6053 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6054 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6060 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6061 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17187
6063 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6065 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6066 Customization of `columns' group.
6070 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6071 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6073 START and END delimits the text region.
6075 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6077 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6078 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6080 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6086 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17187
6088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6090 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6091 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6092 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6093 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6094 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6095 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6097 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6101 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6102 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6103 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6104 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6105 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6106 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6107 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6108 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6109 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6110 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6111 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6112 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6114 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6115 Directories to search when finding external units.
6116 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6117 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6121 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6122 Face used to color delphi comments.
6123 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6124 Face used to color delphi strings.
6125 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6126 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6127 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6128 Face used to color everything else.
6130 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6131 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6133 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17187
6139 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6141 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6143 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6144 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6145 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6147 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6149 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6151 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6153 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6154 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6155 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6158 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6159 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6160 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6167 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6168 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17277 59649))
6169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6171 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6172 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6174 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6176 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6177 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6178 or nil if there is no parent.
6179 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6180 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6181 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6182 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6183 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6185 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6186 arguments are currently understood:
6188 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6189 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6191 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6192 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6194 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6195 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6197 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6199 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6201 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6202 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6203 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6205 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6206 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6208 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6209 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6210 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6212 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6213 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6215 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6216 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6218 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6220 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6222 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6223 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6224 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6225 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6226 the first time the mode is used.
6228 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6232 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6233 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17187 59914))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6236 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6237 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6238 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6239 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6240 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6243 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6245 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6246 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6247 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6248 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6249 character composition information (if relevant),
6250 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6256 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6257 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6258 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17244 4913))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6261 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6262 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6263 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6265 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6267 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6269 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6270 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6271 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6272 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6277 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6278 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6279 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6280 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6282 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6284 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6285 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6286 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6288 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6289 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6290 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6292 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6293 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6295 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6296 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6297 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6299 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6300 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6301 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6302 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6304 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6306 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6307 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6309 Handlers are called with argument list
6311 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6313 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6315 desktop-file-version
6316 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6317 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6318 desktop-buffer-point
6320 desktop-buffer-read-only
6321 desktop-buffer-locals
6323 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6324 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6326 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6329 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6331 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6332 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6334 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6336 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6338 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6339 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6340 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6341 List elements must have the form
6343 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6345 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6348 Handlers are called with argument list
6350 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6352 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6354 desktop-file-version
6355 desktop-buffer-file-name
6357 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6358 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6359 desktop-buffer-point
6361 desktop-buffer-read-only
6364 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6365 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6368 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6371 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6373 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6374 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6376 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6378 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6380 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6382 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6383 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6384 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6385 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6386 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6387 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6388 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6389 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6391 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6393 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6394 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6395 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6399 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6400 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6401 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6402 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6405 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6407 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6408 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6412 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6413 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6420 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6421 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6422 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6423 ;;;;;; (17187 59879))
6424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6426 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6427 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6429 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6431 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6432 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6434 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6436 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6437 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6438 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6440 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6442 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6443 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6444 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6445 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6446 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6447 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6449 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6451 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6452 Repair a broken attribution line.
6453 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6455 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6457 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6458 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6459 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6460 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6462 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6464 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6465 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6471 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6472 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17187 59881))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6475 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6477 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6482 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6489 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6490 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17277 59649))
6491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6493 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6494 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6495 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6496 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6497 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6501 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6502 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6503 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6504 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6506 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6507 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6508 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6509 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6512 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6514 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6515 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6516 european-calendar-style t \\
6517 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6518 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6519 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6521 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6522 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6523 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6524 to run it every morning at 1am.
6526 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6528 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6529 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6536 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17226 24572))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6539 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6540 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6542 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6544 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6545 *The command to use to run diff.")
6547 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6549 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6550 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6551 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6552 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6553 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6554 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6556 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6558 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6559 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6560 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6561 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6562 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6563 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6565 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6569 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6570 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
6571 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6573 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6574 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6575 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6577 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6578 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6579 headers for you on-the-fly.
6581 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6582 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6583 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6587 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6588 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6589 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6595 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6596 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6597 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6598 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6599 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17257 22482))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6602 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6603 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6604 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6605 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6606 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6607 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6608 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6609 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6611 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6613 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6614 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6616 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6617 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6618 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6619 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6620 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6622 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6623 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6625 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6626 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6627 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6628 always set this variable to t.")
6630 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6632 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6633 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6634 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6635 A value of t means move to first file.")
6637 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6639 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6640 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6641 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6642 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6643 are afterward marked with that character.")
6645 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6647 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6648 *Controls marking of copied files.
6649 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6650 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6652 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6654 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6655 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6656 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6657 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6659 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6661 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6662 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6663 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6664 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6666 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6668 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6669 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6670 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6671 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6673 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6675 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6677 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6678 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6679 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6681 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6683 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6684 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6685 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6686 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6687 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6688 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6690 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6691 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6692 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6693 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6694 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6695 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6696 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6697 list of files to make directory entries for.
6698 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6699 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6700 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6701 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6703 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6705 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6706 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6708 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6709 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6711 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6712 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6714 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6715 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6717 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6719 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6720 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6722 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6724 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6725 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6726 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6727 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6728 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6729 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6730 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6731 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6732 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6733 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6734 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6735 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6736 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6737 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6738 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6739 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6740 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6741 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6742 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6743 to see why something went wrong.
6744 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6745 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6746 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6747 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6748 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6749 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6750 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6751 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6752 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6753 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6754 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6755 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6756 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6758 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6759 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6760 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6761 again for the directory tree.
6763 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6766 `dired-listing-switches'
6767 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6768 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6771 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6772 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6773 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6774 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6776 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6778 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6779 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6786 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6787 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6791 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6792 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6793 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6794 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6795 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6796 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6797 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6798 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6799 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6800 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6801 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6802 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6803 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6804 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17226 24572))
6805 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6807 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6808 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6809 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6810 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6811 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6813 which is options for `diff'.
6815 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6817 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6818 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6819 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6820 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6821 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6822 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6824 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6826 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6827 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6828 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6829 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6830 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6831 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6832 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6834 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6836 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6837 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6838 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6839 returned by function `file-attributes'
6841 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6842 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6844 Examples of PREDICATE:
6846 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6847 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6848 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6849 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6850 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6852 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6854 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6855 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6856 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6860 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6861 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6865 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6866 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6870 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6871 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6876 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6877 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6878 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6879 `lpr-switches' as default.
6881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6883 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6884 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6885 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6886 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6887 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6889 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6890 with a prefix argument.
6894 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6895 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6896 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6897 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6898 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6900 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6901 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6903 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6904 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6905 file name substituted for `?'.
6907 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6908 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6910 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6911 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6912 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6913 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6915 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6917 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6918 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6919 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6921 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6922 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6925 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6926 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6928 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6930 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6933 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6935 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6936 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6937 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6938 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6939 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6940 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6941 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6942 from the buffer as well.
6943 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6944 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6945 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6947 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6949 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6952 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6954 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6957 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6959 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6960 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6964 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6965 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6969 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6970 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6974 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6975 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6976 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6977 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6979 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6980 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6981 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6982 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6983 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6984 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6985 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6987 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6989 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6992 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6994 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6997 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6999 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7000 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7004 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7007 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7009 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7012 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7014 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7015 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7017 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7019 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7020 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7021 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7022 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7023 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7024 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7025 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7026 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7027 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7031 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7032 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7033 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7034 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7035 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7036 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7037 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7038 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7042 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7043 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7044 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7045 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7046 and new hard links are made in that directory
7047 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7048 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7049 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7053 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7054 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7055 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7056 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7057 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7058 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7059 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7063 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7064 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7066 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7067 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7068 file if none are marked.
7070 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7071 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7072 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7073 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7075 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7076 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7078 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7080 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7081 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7082 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7084 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7086 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7088 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7090 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7092 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7093 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7094 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7096 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7098 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7099 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7103 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7104 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7108 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7109 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7110 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7111 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7112 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7113 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7115 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7117 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7118 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7119 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7120 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7121 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7122 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7123 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7125 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7127 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7129 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7130 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7131 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7132 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7134 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7136 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7140 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7142 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7144 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7146 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7147 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7151 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7153 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7154 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7158 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7160 Lower levels are unaffected.
7162 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7164 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7165 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7169 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7170 Go down in the dired tree.
7174 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7175 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7176 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7177 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7181 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7182 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7183 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7184 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7188 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7189 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7190 Stops when a match is found.
7191 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7195 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7197 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7198 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7199 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7201 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7203 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7204 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7205 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7206 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7208 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7212 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17277 59649))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7215 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7216 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7217 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7218 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7219 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7220 buffer and try again.
7222 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17187 59901))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7229 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7230 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7231 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7233 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7235 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7236 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7238 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7239 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7241 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7245 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17187
7247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7249 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7250 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7251 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7252 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7253 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7254 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7256 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7260 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7261 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7262 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7263 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7264 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17277 59649))
7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7267 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7268 Return a new, empty display table.
7272 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7273 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7274 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7275 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7276 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7278 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7280 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7281 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7282 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7283 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7284 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7286 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7288 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7289 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7293 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7294 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7298 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7299 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7303 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7304 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7308 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7309 Display character C using printable string S.
7313 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7314 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7315 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7316 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7318 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7320 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7321 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7322 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7325 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7327 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7328 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7330 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7332 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7333 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7335 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7337 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7338 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7340 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7341 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7342 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7343 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7345 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7346 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7347 European character display.
7349 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7350 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7351 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7352 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7354 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7355 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7356 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7357 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7358 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7364 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7365 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
7366 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7368 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7369 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7370 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7371 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7372 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7373 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7374 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17226 24572))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7384 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7385 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7386 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7387 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7388 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7389 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7391 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7392 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7393 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7394 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7395 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7397 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7402 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17187 59902))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7405 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7406 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7407 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7408 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7409 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7410 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7411 table and its own syntax table.
7413 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7417 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7418 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7425 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17257 22483))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7428 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7429 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7435 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7436 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7439 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7442 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7444 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7446 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7448 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7450 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7451 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17187 59902))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7460 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7461 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7468 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
7469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7471 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7472 Play sounds in message buffers.
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7479 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17263 27852))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7483 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7485 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7486 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7487 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7488 and toggle command MODE.
7490 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7491 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7492 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7493 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7494 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7495 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7496 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7497 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7500 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7501 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7503 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7504 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7505 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7506 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7507 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7508 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7509 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7510 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7511 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7512 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7513 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7514 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7515 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7516 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7518 For example, you could write
7519 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7520 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7523 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7525 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7527 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7528 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7529 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7530 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7531 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7532 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7533 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7534 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7535 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7536 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7537 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7538 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7540 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7541 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7542 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7543 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7544 call another major mode in their body.
7546 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7548 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7549 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7550 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7551 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7552 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7553 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7554 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7556 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7558 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7561 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7563 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7564 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7565 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7567 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7572 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17263
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7576 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7578 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7579 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7581 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7582 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7583 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7585 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7586 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7590 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7591 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7595 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7596 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7600 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7601 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7603 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7605 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7607 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7609 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7610 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7612 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7613 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7615 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7617 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7619 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7623 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7624 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7625 computed automatically.
7626 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7630 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7632 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7633 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7634 keyboard equivalent.
7638 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7639 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7643 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7644 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7648 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7649 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7653 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7657 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7658 radio: A radio button.
7659 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7660 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7662 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7666 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7667 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7671 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7673 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7674 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7675 as a solid horizontal line.
7677 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7679 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7681 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7684 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7686 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7687 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7688 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7689 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7691 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7693 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7694 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7695 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7696 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7697 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7698 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7700 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7701 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7702 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7704 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7705 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7707 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7711 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7712 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7713 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7714 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7715 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7716 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7717 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7718 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17226 24577))
7719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7721 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7722 Customization for ebnf group.
7726 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7727 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7729 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7731 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7734 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7736 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7738 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7739 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7741 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7742 killed after process termination.
7744 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7746 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7748 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7749 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7751 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7752 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7755 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7756 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7757 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7758 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7762 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7763 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7764 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7766 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7768 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7769 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7771 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7773 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7776 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7778 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7780 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7781 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7783 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7784 killed after process termination.
7786 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7788 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7790 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7791 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7792 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7793 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7795 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7799 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7800 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7801 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7803 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7805 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7807 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7808 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7810 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7812 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7815 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7817 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7819 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7820 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7822 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7823 killed after EPS generation.
7825 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7827 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7829 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7830 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7832 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7833 The EPS file name has the following form:
7835 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7837 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7838 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7840 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7841 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7842 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7843 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7845 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7849 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7850 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7852 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7853 The EPS file name has the following form:
7855 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7857 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7858 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7860 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7861 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7862 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7863 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7865 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7867 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7869 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7871 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7872 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7874 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7876 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7879 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7881 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7883 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7884 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7886 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7887 killed after syntax checking.
7889 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7891 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7893 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7894 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7898 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7899 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7901 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7903 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7904 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7908 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7909 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7911 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7913 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7915 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7918 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7922 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7923 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7925 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7927 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7929 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7930 Set STYLE as the current style.
7932 It returns the old style symbol.
7934 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Reset current style.
7941 It returns the old style symbol.
7943 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7945 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7948 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7950 It returns the old style symbol.
7952 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7954 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7956 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7957 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7959 It returns the old style symbol.
7961 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7968 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7969 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7970 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7971 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7972 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7973 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7974 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7975 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7976 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7977 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17226
7979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7981 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7982 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7983 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7984 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7985 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7986 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7988 Tree mode key bindings:
7989 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7994 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7998 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7999 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8001 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8005 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8006 View declaration of member at point.
8010 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8011 Find declaration of member at point.
8015 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8016 View definition of member at point.
8020 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8021 Find definition of member at point.
8025 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8026 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8030 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8031 View definition of member at point in other window.
8035 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8036 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8040 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8041 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8045 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8046 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8050 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8051 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8055 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8056 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8057 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8058 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8061 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8063 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8064 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8065 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8066 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8068 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8070 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8071 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8072 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8073 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8075 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8078 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8079 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8081 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8084 Search for call sites of a member.
8085 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8086 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8087 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8088 looks like a function call to the member.
8090 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8092 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8093 Move backward in the position stack.
8094 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8098 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8099 Move forward in the position stack.
8100 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8104 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8105 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8109 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8110 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8114 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8115 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8116 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8117 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8119 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8121 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8122 Display statistics for a class tree.
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8129 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8132 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8133 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8134 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8135 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8137 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8138 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8139 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8141 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8142 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8143 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8145 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8147 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8154 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17226 24572))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8157 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8158 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8159 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8161 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8165 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
8166 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17187 59901))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8169 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8170 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8171 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8172 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8173 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8175 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8176 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8177 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8178 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8180 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8182 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8183 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8184 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8185 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8187 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8189 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8190 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8191 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8192 \(naming a function), or a list.
8194 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8196 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8198 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8199 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8200 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8201 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8202 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8204 If you do this on a function definition
8205 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8206 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8207 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8208 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8210 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8211 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8212 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8213 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8221 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8222 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8223 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8224 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8225 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8226 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8227 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8228 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8229 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17229 28053))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8232 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8233 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8235 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8237 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8238 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8240 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8242 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8244 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8246 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8247 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8248 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8249 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8253 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8254 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8256 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8258 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8260 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8261 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8263 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8265 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8267 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8268 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8269 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8270 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8272 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8274 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8276 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8277 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8278 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8279 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8281 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8283 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8285 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8286 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8287 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8288 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8290 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8292 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8294 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8295 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8296 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8297 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8299 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8301 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8303 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8304 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8305 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8306 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8307 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8308 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8310 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8312 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8313 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8314 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8315 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8317 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8319 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8321 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8322 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8323 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8324 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8326 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8328 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8330 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8332 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8333 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8334 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8336 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8337 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8339 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8341 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8342 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8343 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8345 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8346 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8348 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8350 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8351 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8352 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8353 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8354 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8356 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8357 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8359 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8363 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8364 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8365 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8367 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8368 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8369 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8371 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8373 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8375 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8376 Merge two files without ancestor.
8378 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8380 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8381 Merge two files with ancestor.
8383 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8385 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8387 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8388 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8390 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8392 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8393 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8395 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8397 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8398 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8399 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8402 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8404 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8405 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8406 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8409 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8411 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8412 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8413 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8414 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8418 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8419 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8420 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8421 and don't ask the user.
8422 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8423 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8425 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8428 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8429 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8430 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8431 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8432 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8433 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8434 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8436 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8438 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8440 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8442 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8443 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8444 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8445 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8446 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8448 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8450 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8452 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8453 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8454 When called interactively, displays the version.
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8459 Display Ediff's manual.
8460 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8462 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8466 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8467 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17187 59901))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8480 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8481 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8483 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8485 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8489 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8490 ;;;;;; (17229 28052))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8494 Display Ediff's registry.
8498 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8503 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17277 59649))
8504 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8506 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8507 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8508 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8514 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8515 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8516 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8522 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8523 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8524 ;;;;;; (17251 25141))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8527 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8528 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8529 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8531 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8532 Edit a keyboard macro.
8533 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8534 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8535 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8537 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8539 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8541 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8542 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8544 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8546 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8547 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8549 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8552 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8553 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8554 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8555 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8556 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8558 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8559 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8560 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8561 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8563 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8565 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8566 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8567 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8568 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8569 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8570 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8572 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8576 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8577 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17187 59901))
8578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8580 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8582 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8583 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8585 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8587 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8588 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8594 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8595 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8598 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8599 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8600 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8601 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8602 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8603 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8604 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8605 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8607 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8608 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8610 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8611 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8612 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8613 this value is non-nil.
8615 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8616 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8617 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8619 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8620 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8621 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8623 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8625 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8628 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8632 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8633 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17226 24574))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8636 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8637 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8639 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8641 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8642 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8643 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8644 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8645 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8646 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8647 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8649 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8653 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8654 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8658 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8659 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8660 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8661 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8662 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8663 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8666 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8667 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8671 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17187
8673 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8675 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8676 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8678 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8679 an elided material again.
8681 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8687 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8688 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8691 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8699 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17187
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8703 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8704 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8705 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8707 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8709 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8710 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8711 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8713 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8715 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8716 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8717 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8719 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8721 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8723 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8724 Display current profiling results.
8725 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8726 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8734 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8737 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8738 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8739 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8741 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8745 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8746 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8747 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8748 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8749 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17187 59901))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8752 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8753 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8754 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8755 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8756 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8757 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8758 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8759 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8760 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8761 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8762 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8763 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8764 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8765 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8766 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8767 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8769 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8770 Run Emerge on two files.
8772 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8774 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8775 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8777 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8779 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8780 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8784 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8785 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8789 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8794 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8799 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8802 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8804 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8807 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8809 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8810 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8812 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8814 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8815 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8817 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8819 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8822 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8826 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8827 ;;;;;; (17251 25141))
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8830 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
8831 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8833 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8835 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8839 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8840 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17187 59902))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8843 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8844 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8845 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8846 text/enriched format.
8847 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8849 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8850 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8854 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8858 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8861 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8863 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8866 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8870 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17187
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8874 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8875 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8883 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17187
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8887 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8888 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8894 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8895 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17187 59901))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8898 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8899 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8900 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8901 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8902 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8903 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8904 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8905 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8906 buffer selected (or created).
8908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8910 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8911 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8912 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8914 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8916 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8917 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8918 The result might be any Lisp object.
8919 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8920 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8921 corresponding to a successful execution.
8923 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8926 Report a bug in Eshell.
8927 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8928 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8935 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8936 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8937 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8938 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8939 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8940 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8941 ;;;;;; (17244 4914))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8944 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8945 *File name of tags table.
8946 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8947 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8948 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8949 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8951 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8952 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8953 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8954 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8956 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8958 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8959 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8960 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8961 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8962 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8963 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8965 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8967 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8968 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8969 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8970 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8971 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8972 `auto-compression-mode').")
8974 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8976 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8977 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8978 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8979 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8980 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8982 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8984 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8985 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8986 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8987 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8989 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8991 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8992 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8993 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8994 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8995 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8997 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8999 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9000 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9004 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9005 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9006 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9007 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9009 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9010 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9011 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9012 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9013 file the tag was in.
9015 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9017 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9018 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9019 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9020 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9021 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9022 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9023 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9024 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9025 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9027 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9029 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9030 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9031 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9032 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9033 without directory names.
9037 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9038 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9039 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9040 but does not select the buffer.
9041 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9043 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9044 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9045 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9046 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9047 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9049 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9051 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9052 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9053 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9055 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9057 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9059 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9060 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9061 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9062 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9064 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9065 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9066 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9067 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9068 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9070 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9072 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9073 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9074 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9076 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9078 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9079 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9081 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9082 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9083 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9084 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9085 around or before point.
9087 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9088 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9089 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9090 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9091 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9093 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9095 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9096 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9097 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9099 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9101 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9102 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9104 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9105 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9106 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9107 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9108 around or before point.
9110 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9111 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9112 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9113 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9114 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9116 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9118 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9119 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9120 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9122 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9124 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9125 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9127 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9128 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9129 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9131 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9132 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9133 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9134 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9135 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9137 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9139 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9140 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9141 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9143 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9145 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9146 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9147 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9149 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9150 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9152 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9153 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9154 where they were found.
9158 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9159 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9161 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9162 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9163 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9165 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9166 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9168 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9169 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9171 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9173 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9174 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9175 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9176 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9178 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9179 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9180 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9181 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9182 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9184 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9185 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9187 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9188 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9189 Stops when a match is found.
9190 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9192 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9194 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9196 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9197 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9198 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9199 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9200 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9202 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9204 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9206 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9207 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9208 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9209 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9210 directory specification.
9212 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9214 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9215 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9217 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9219 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9220 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9221 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9222 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9226 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9227 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9228 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9229 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9230 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9236 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9237 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9238 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9239 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9240 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9241 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9242 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9243 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17187 59901))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9246 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9251 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9252 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9253 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9254 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9256 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9257 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9260 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9261 even if the buffer is read-only.
9263 See also the descriptions of the variables
9264 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9265 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9267 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9269 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9270 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9272 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9273 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9275 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9276 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9279 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9280 buffer is read-only.
9282 See also the descriptions of the variables
9283 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9284 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9286 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9288 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9289 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
9290 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9294 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9295 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9297 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9298 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9300 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9301 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9305 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9306 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9307 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9308 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9310 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9312 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9313 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9314 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9315 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9317 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9318 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9319 the primary language.
9321 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9322 buffer is read-only.
9324 See also the descriptions of the variables
9325 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9326 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9328 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9330 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9331 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9332 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9333 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9335 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9336 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9339 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9340 buffer is read-only.
9342 See also the descriptions of the variables
9343 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9344 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9346 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9348 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9349 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9350 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9355 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9357 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9358 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9359 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9360 3) convert the body into SERA.
9362 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9366 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9367 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9368 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9372 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9373 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9377 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9378 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9380 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9381 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9384 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9385 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9386 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9388 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9390 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9392 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9393 Allow the user to input special characters.
9397 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9398 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9399 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9403 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9404 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9408 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9409 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9411 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9412 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9414 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9415 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9419 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9420 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9424 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9425 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9429 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9430 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9437 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9438 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9441 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9442 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9443 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9444 server for future sessions.
9446 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9448 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9449 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9450 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9452 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9454 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9455 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9456 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9458 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9460 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9461 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9462 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9463 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9464 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9465 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9466 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9467 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9468 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9469 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9470 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9471 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9473 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9475 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9476 Display a form to query the directory server.
9477 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9478 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9480 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9482 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9483 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9484 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9488 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9493 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9494 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17187 59902))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9497 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9498 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9500 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9502 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9503 Display URL and make it clickable.
9507 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9508 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9510 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9512 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9513 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9515 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9517 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9518 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9520 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9522 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9523 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9525 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9529 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9530 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17187 59902))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9533 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9534 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9535 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9539 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9540 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9547 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9550 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9551 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9557 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9558 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9559 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9560 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9563 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
9564 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9565 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9567 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9569 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
9570 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9571 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9572 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9573 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9575 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9577 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
9578 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9579 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9580 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9581 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9584 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9586 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
9587 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9588 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9592 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
9593 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9594 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9601 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9602 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17187 59901))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9605 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
9606 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9607 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9608 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9610 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9612 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9613 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9614 to generate such functions.
9616 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9617 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9618 beginning of the expanded text.
9620 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9621 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9622 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9623 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9625 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9627 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9629 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9630 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9631 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9635 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9636 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9637 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9640 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9641 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9645 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17277 60154))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9648 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9649 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9650 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9652 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9653 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9654 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9656 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9661 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9664 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9666 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9668 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9669 `f90-program-indent'
9670 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9672 `f90-continuation-indent'
9673 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9674 `f90-comment-region'
9675 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9676 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9677 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9678 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9680 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9681 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9682 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9683 `f90-break-delimiters'
9684 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9685 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9686 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9687 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9689 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9690 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9692 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9693 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9694 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9695 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9696 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9697 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9699 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9701 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9702 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9708 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9709 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9710 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9711 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9712 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17187 59901))
9713 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9714 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9715 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9717 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9718 Menu keymap for faces.")
9720 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9722 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9723 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9725 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9727 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9728 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9730 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9732 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9733 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9735 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9737 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9738 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9740 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9742 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9743 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9745 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9747 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9748 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9750 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9752 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9754 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9756 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9758 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9759 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9760 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9761 will not show through at all will be removed.
9763 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9765 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9766 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9769 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9770 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9771 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9773 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9775 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9776 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9777 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9779 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9780 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9783 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9784 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9785 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9787 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9789 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9790 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9791 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9793 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9794 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9797 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9798 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9799 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9801 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9803 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9804 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9805 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9806 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9807 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9808 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9809 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9811 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9812 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9815 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9816 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9817 to insert cancels the specification.
9819 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9821 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9822 Make the region invisible.
9823 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9824 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9828 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9829 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9830 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9831 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9833 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9835 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9836 Make the region unmodifiable.
9837 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9838 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9842 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9843 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9847 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9848 Remove all text properties from the region.
9850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9852 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9853 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9854 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9858 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9859 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9861 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9863 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9864 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9865 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9866 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9867 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9868 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9870 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9874 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9875 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17226 24576))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9878 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9879 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9880 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9881 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9883 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9885 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9886 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9887 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9889 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9890 - When you save the file's buffer.
9891 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9892 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9893 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9894 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9896 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9898 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9899 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9900 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9901 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9905 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9906 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9910 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9914 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9915 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9916 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17263 27852))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9919 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9920 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9921 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9922 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9926 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9927 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9931 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9932 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9933 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9934 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9938 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9939 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9940 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9941 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9942 backup file names and the like).
9944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9946 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9947 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9948 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9949 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9950 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9951 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9952 internally by feedmail):
9954 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9955 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9956 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9957 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9959 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9960 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9961 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9962 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9963 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9965 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9969 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9970 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17238 21257))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9973 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9974 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9975 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9976 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9977 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9978 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9979 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9981 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9983 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9984 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9985 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9986 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9987 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9988 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9989 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9991 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9993 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9995 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9996 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9997 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9998 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9999 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10000 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10002 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10004 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10005 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10006 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10008 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10009 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10014 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10015 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10017 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10019 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10020 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10030 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10031 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10032 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10033 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10034 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10035 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10036 \(directories) is done.
10039 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10040 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10041 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17187
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10049 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10050 Filesets initialization.
10051 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10058 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10059 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10062 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10063 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10064 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10065 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10066 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10068 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10070 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10071 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10072 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10073 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10074 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10076 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10078 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10079 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10080 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10081 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10083 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10085 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10086 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10087 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10089 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10091 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10092 as the final argument.
10094 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10096 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10097 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10098 and run dired on those files.
10099 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10100 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10102 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10104 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10106 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10107 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10108 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10110 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10112 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10114 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10119 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10120 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10123 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10124 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10125 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10126 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10129 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10130 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10131 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10133 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10135 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10137 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10139 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10140 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10141 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10143 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10144 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10146 Variables of interest include:
10148 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10149 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10150 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10152 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10153 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10154 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10156 - `ff-ignore-include'
10157 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10159 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10160 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10163 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10165 - `ff-special-constructs'
10166 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10167 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10168 extracting the filename from that construct.
10170 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10171 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10173 - `ff-search-directories'
10174 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10175 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10177 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10178 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10180 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10181 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10183 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10184 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10186 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10187 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10189 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10190 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10192 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10194 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on.
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10199 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10200 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10207 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10208 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10209 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10210 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10211 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10212 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17257 22482))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10215 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10216 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10218 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10220 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10221 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10222 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10223 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10224 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10225 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10227 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10229 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10230 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10232 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
10233 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10236 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10237 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10242 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10243 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10245 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
10246 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10247 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10250 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10254 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10256 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10259 See `find-function' for more details.
10261 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10263 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10266 See `find-function' for more details.
10268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10270 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10273 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
10274 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
10275 to the buffer or display it.
10277 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10280 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10282 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10285 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10291 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10295 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10297 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10298 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10300 See `find-variable' for more details.
10302 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10304 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10305 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10307 See `find-variable' for more details.
10309 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10311 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10312 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10313 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10314 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This function
10315 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10317 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10318 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10320 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10322 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10323 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10325 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10326 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10327 places point before the definition.
10329 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10331 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10332 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10333 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10337 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10338 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10339 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10343 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10344 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10348 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10349 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10353 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10354 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10361 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17277 59649))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10364 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10365 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10367 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10369 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10370 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10374 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10375 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10377 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10381 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10382 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17257 22482))
10383 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10385 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10386 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10390 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10391 Display FILE's commentary section.
10392 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10396 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10397 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10403 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10404 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17187 59901))
10405 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10407 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10408 Toggle flow control handling.
10409 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10410 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10412 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10414 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10415 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10416 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10417 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10418 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10419 to get the effect of a C-q.
10421 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10425 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10426 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
10427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10429 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10434 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10441 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10442 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17226 24577))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10445 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10446 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10447 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10448 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10452 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10453 Turn flymake mode on.
10457 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10458 Turn flymake mode off.
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10465 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10466 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10469 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10470 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10473 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10475 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10476 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10477 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10478 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10479 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10480 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10483 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10484 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10485 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10486 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10489 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10492 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10493 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10494 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10496 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10498 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10499 in your .emacs file.
10501 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10502 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10506 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10507 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10511 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10512 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10514 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10516 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10517 Flyspell whole buffer.
10523 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10524 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10525 ;;;;;; (17196 27217))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10528 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10529 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10533 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10534 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10538 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10539 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10541 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10542 of two major techniques:
10544 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10545 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10546 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10548 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10549 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10550 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10553 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10554 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10555 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10556 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10557 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10560 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10561 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10563 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10565 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10566 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10567 \(This is the default.)
10569 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10570 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10572 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10573 \\{follow-mode-map}
10577 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10578 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10580 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10581 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10582 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10583 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10584 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10585 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10587 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10588 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10589 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10591 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10592 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10593 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10599 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17187
10601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10603 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10604 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10605 \\<message-mode-map>
10609 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10610 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10611 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10612 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10613 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10614 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10621 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17226 24575))
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10624 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10625 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10627 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10628 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10629 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10630 C-c < forms-first-record <
10631 C-c > forms-last-record >
10632 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10633 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10634 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10635 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10636 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10637 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10638 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10639 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10640 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10641 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10643 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10645 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10646 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10650 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10651 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10658 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17277 60154))
10659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10661 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10662 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10663 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10664 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10665 with a character in column 6.")
10667 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10669 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10670 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10671 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10673 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10674 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10676 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10679 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10681 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10683 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10684 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10685 `fortran-do-indent'
10686 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10687 `fortran-if-indent'
10688 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10689 `fortran-structure-indent'
10690 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10692 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10693 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10694 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10695 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10696 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10697 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10698 nil don't change the indentation
10699 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10701 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10702 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10703 depending on the continuation format in use.
10704 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10705 indentation for a line of code.
10707 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10708 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10709 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10710 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10711 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10712 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10713 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10714 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10715 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10716 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10718 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10719 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10720 statements (default nil).
10721 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10722 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10723 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10724 `fortran-continuation-string'
10725 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10726 line (default \"$\").
10727 `fortran-comment-region'
10728 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10729 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10730 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10731 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10732 as typed (default t).
10733 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10734 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10736 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10737 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10744 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17187 59902))
10745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10747 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10748 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10750 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10751 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10753 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10755 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10756 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10758 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10759 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10761 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10763 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10764 Compile fortune file.
10766 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10767 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10769 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10771 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10772 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10774 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10775 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10776 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10777 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10779 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10781 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10782 Display a fortune cookie.
10784 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10785 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10786 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10787 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10789 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10794 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17187 59901))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10797 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10798 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10799 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10800 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10801 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10802 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10803 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10805 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10806 it take real effect.
10807 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10808 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10809 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10811 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10813 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10814 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10816 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10817 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10818 `minimal' and `half'.
10820 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10821 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10822 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10823 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10824 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10825 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10826 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10827 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10830 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10831 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10832 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10833 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10834 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10836 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10839 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10841 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10842 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10843 `minimal' and `half'.
10845 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10846 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10847 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10848 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10849 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10850 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10851 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10852 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10855 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10856 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10857 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10860 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10864 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10865 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
10866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10868 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10869 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10870 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10871 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10873 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10874 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10875 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10876 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10878 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10879 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10880 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10881 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10884 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10886 The following commands help control operation :
10888 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10889 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10891 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10892 detailed description of this mode.
10895 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
10897 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10898 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10902 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10903 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
10904 | | (comint-mode) |
10911 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10912 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10913 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10914 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10915 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10916 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10918 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10920 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
10921 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10923 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
10927 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10928 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17187
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10932 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10933 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10934 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10935 instead (which see).")
10937 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10938 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10940 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10941 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10942 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10943 documentation string instead.
10945 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10946 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10947 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10948 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10949 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10950 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10951 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10952 enders are actually possible.
10954 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10955 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10957 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10958 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10959 `font-lock-keywords'.
10961 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10962 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10963 runs the macro expansion.
10965 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10966 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10967 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10969 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10971 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10973 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10974 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10976 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10978 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10979 Enter generic mode MODE.
10981 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10982 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10983 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10985 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10986 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10990 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
10991 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10992 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10993 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10994 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10995 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10996 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10997 `font-lock-keywords'.
10999 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11004 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11007 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11008 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11009 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11010 at places they belong to.
11012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11017 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17277 59649))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11020 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11021 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11025 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11027 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11028 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11029 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11030 name of an NNTP server to use.
11031 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11034 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11036 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11037 Read news as a slave.
11039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11041 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11042 Pop up a frame to read news.
11043 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11044 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11045 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11046 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11047 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11048 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11049 current display is used.
11051 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11055 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11056 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11057 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11059 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11064 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11065 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11066 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11067 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11068 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17226 24575))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11071 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11072 Start Gnus unplugged.
11076 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11077 Start Gnus plugged.
11081 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11082 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11086 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11087 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11089 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11090 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11091 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11093 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11094 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11095 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11099 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11100 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11104 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11105 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11106 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11107 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11109 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11111 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11112 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11113 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11114 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11116 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11118 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11119 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11123 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11124 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11125 downloaded into the agent.
11127 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11129 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11130 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11131 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11132 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11134 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11136 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11137 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11141 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11142 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11146 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11147 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11148 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11150 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11155 ;;;;;; (17257 22483))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11158 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11159 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11166 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11169 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11170 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11177 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11178 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17187
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11182 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11183 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11186 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11190 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11191 Generate the cache active file.
11193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11195 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11196 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11200 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11201 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11202 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11203 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11205 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11207 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11208 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11209 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11210 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11212 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11217 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17187 59901))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11220 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11222 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11223 Delay this article by some time.
11224 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11226 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11227 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11229 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11230 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11232 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11233 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11235 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11237 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11238 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11242 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11243 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11244 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11245 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11247 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11248 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11250 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11254 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11255 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11258 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11259 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11266 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11269 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11270 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11277 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11278 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17187
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11282 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11283 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11287 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11288 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11292 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11293 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11297 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11298 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11302 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11303 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11304 The PNG is returned as a string.
11306 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11308 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11309 Convert FILE to a Face.
11310 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11313 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11317 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11318 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17187 59901))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11321 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11322 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11323 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11325 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11327 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11328 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11330 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11334 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11335 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11338 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11340 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11341 Run batched scoring.
11342 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11349 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11350 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11353 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11358 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11359 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11360 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11362 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11364 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11365 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11367 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11374 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11375 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11378 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11379 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11380 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11381 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11384 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11385 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11386 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11387 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11389 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11390 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11391 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11392 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11393 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11394 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11395 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11396 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11397 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11398 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11400 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11402 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11403 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11404 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11407 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11408 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11410 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11412 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11413 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11414 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11416 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11420 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11421 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11422 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11424 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11426 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11427 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11428 existing groups are considered.
11430 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11431 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11434 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11435 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11436 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11437 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11438 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11439 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11440 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11441 clauses will be generated.
11443 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11444 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11445 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11446 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11447 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11448 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11450 For example, given the following group parameters:
11453 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11454 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11456 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11457 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11458 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11459 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11461 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11463 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11465 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11467 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11468 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11471 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11476 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11479 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11480 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11481 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11483 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11487 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11488 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17187 59914))
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11491 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11492 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11493 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11494 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11496 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11498 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11501 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11503 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11504 Like `message-reply'.
11506 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11508 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11513 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11514 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11517 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11518 Display picons in the From header.
11519 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11523 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11524 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11525 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11529 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11530 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11531 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11537 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11538 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11539 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11540 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11541 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17187 59901))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11544 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11545 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11546 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11547 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11549 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11551 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11552 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11553 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11556 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11558 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11559 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11560 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11562 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11564 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11567 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11569 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11570 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11571 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11573 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11575 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11576 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11577 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11579 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11581 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11583 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11584 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11585 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11587 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11589 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11590 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11591 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11593 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11595 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11596 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11597 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11599 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11601 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11602 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11604 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11609 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17187 59901))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11612 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11617 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11618 Install the registry hooks.
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11625 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17187
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11629 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11630 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11631 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11632 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11633 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11634 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11638 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11639 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11640 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11641 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11642 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11646 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11653 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11654 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11657 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11658 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11659 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11660 for matching on group names.
11662 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11663 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11665 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11667 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11673 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11674 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11677 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11678 Update the format specification near point.
11684 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11685 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17226
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11689 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11690 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11692 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11694 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11702 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11705 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11706 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11708 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11712 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17226 24576))
11713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11715 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11716 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11718 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11719 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11720 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11722 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11723 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11724 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11726 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11727 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11729 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11730 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11732 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11734 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11739 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17263 27852))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11742 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11744 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11745 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11746 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11747 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11748 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11750 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11752 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11753 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11754 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11756 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11758 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11759 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11766 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11767 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17187 59902))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11770 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11771 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11773 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11775 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11776 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11777 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11778 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11779 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11781 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11782 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11784 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11786 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11787 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11788 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11789 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11791 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11793 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11794 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11796 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11798 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11799 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11801 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11802 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11803 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11805 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11806 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11807 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11809 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11810 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11812 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11813 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11815 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11817 (defvar grep-history nil)
11819 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11821 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11822 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11823 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11827 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11832 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11833 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11834 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11835 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11836 where grep found matches.
11838 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11839 easily repeat a grep command.
11841 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11842 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11843 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11844 if that history list is empty).
11846 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11847 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11849 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11851 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
11852 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11856 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11857 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11858 Collect output in a buffer.
11859 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11860 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11862 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11863 easily repeat a find command.
11865 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11867 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11869 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11870 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11871 Collect output in a buffer.
11872 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11873 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11874 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11875 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11876 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11878 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11879 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11881 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11882 easily repeat a find command.
11884 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11885 those sub directories of DIR.
11887 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17187 59901))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11894 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11895 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11896 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11897 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11898 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11900 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11904 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
11905 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17277 60154))
11906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11908 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11909 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11910 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11911 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11913 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11915 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11916 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11917 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11918 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11920 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11922 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11923 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11924 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11925 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11927 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11929 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11930 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11931 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11932 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11934 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11935 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11937 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11939 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11940 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11941 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11942 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11944 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11946 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11947 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11948 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11949 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11951 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11953 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11954 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11955 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11956 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11957 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11959 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11960 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11961 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11962 original source file access method.
11964 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11965 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11967 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11969 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11970 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11971 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11972 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11974 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11975 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11977 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11979 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11980 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11984 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
11985 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
11986 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11988 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
11990 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
11992 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
11994 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
11995 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
11997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17187
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12005 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12006 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12007 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12008 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12010 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12011 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12012 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12013 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12019 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12020 ;;;;;; (17187 59879))
12021 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12023 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12024 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12026 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12028 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12029 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12030 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12031 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12033 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12037 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12038 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12039 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12040 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12048 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12049 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12050 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17187 59901))
12051 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12053 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12054 Return the help-echo string at point.
12055 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12056 property, or nil, is returned.
12057 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12058 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12059 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12061 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12063 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12064 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12065 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12066 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12067 this produces no string either, return nil.
12071 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12072 Display local help in the echo area.
12073 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12074 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12075 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12078 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12079 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12080 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12084 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12085 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12086 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12090 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12091 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12092 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12096 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12097 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12098 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12099 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12100 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12101 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12102 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12103 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12104 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12105 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12106 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12108 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12109 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12110 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12111 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12112 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12114 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12115 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12116 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12117 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12118 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12119 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12120 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12121 The default is `never'.")
12123 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12125 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12126 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12127 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12128 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12129 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12130 considered different regions.
12132 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12133 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12134 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12135 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12136 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12137 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12138 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12139 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12140 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12142 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12144 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12145 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12146 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12147 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12150 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12151 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12152 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12153 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12154 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12155 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12156 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12157 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12159 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12160 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12161 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12162 rarely happens in practice.
12164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12167 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12168 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12169 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12170 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12171 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12177 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12178 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12179 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12180 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17277 59649))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12183 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12184 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12185 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12186 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12187 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12188 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12192 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12193 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12195 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12197 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12198 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12199 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12201 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12203 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "\
12204 Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12206 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12207 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12209 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12211 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12214 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12216 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12217 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12218 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12219 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12221 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12223 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12224 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12225 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12226 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12227 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12228 it is displayed along with the global value.
12230 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12232 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12233 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12234 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12235 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12239 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12240 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12241 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12242 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12243 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12245 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12250 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
12251 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12253 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12254 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12255 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12256 and window listing and describing the options.
12257 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12258 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12260 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12264 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12265 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12266 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17277 59649))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12269 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12270 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12271 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12277 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12282 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12287 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12288 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12290 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12291 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12292 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12293 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12295 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12296 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12297 restore it properly when going back.
12299 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12301 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12302 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12304 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12305 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12306 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12307 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12308 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12309 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12310 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12311 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12313 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12314 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12315 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12316 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12318 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12319 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12322 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12324 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12325 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12326 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12327 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12328 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12329 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12331 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12333 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12334 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12335 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12336 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12337 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12339 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12341 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12342 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12344 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12349 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17187 59901))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12352 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12353 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12357 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12358 Provide help for current mode.
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12365 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17187 59901))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12368 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12369 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12370 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12371 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12372 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12374 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12375 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12377 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12378 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12379 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12380 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12382 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12383 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12386 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12391 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12392 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12393 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12394 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12395 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12396 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12397 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12398 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12399 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12400 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12401 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12402 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12403 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12404 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12405 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12407 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12408 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12409 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12411 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12414 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12416 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12417 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12418 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12420 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12421 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12422 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12424 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12425 into the buffer at the current point.
12427 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12428 into the buffer at the current point.
12430 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12431 into the buffer at the current point.
12433 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12435 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12436 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12438 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12440 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12444 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12445 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12446 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12448 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12450 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12451 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12452 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12458 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12459 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12460 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17277
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12464 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12465 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12467 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12469 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12470 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12472 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12473 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12474 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12475 which can be called interactively, are:
12477 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12478 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12480 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12481 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12482 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12483 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12485 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12486 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12488 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12489 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12491 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12492 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12493 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12494 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12495 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12496 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12498 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12499 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12501 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12502 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12504 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12505 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12506 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12509 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12513 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12515 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12516 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12518 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12519 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12520 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12521 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12523 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12525 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12527 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12528 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12530 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12531 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12532 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12533 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12535 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12537 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12539 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12540 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12542 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12543 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12545 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12547 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12549 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12550 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12552 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12553 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12554 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12555 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12556 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12558 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12560 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12561 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12563 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12564 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12565 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12571 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12572 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17187 59902))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12575 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12576 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12577 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12578 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12579 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12580 how the hiding is done:
12583 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12584 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12587 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12588 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12589 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12590 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12591 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12594 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12595 #endif lines when hiding.
12597 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12598 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12601 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12602 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12603 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12605 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12609 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12610 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12612 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12614 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12615 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12617 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12619 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12620 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12622 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12626 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12627 ;;;;;; (17196 27217))
12628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12630 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12631 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12632 Each element has the form
12633 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12635 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12636 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12638 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12639 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12641 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12642 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12643 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12644 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12645 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12646 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12648 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12649 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12651 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12652 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12654 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12655 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12656 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12658 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12659 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12660 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12661 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12662 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12663 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12665 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12666 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12667 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12669 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12670 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12672 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12675 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12681 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12682 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12683 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12684 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12685 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17187 59901))
12686 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12688 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12689 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12690 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12692 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12694 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12695 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12697 Without an argument:
12698 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12699 or passive state as determined by the variable
12700 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12703 With an argument ARG:
12704 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12705 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12706 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12708 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12709 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12710 not displayed in a different face.
12713 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12714 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12715 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12716 buffer with the contents of a file
12717 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12718 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12722 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12723 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12724 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12728 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12729 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12733 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12734 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12738 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12739 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12741 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12742 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12743 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12744 shown in the last face in the list.
12746 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12747 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12748 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12750 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12754 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12755 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12757 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12759 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12762 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12763 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12765 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12766 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12767 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12769 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12771 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12772 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12774 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12775 this function is called interactively.
12777 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12778 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12779 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12781 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12782 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12783 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12785 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12787 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12788 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12790 When called interactively:
12791 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12792 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12793 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12794 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12796 When called from a program:
12797 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12798 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12799 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12800 - otherwise just turn it on
12802 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12803 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12804 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12805 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12811 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12812 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12813 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12814 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12815 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17187 59901))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12818 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12819 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12820 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12821 or insert functions in this list.")
12823 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12825 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12826 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12828 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12830 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12831 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12833 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12835 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12836 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12838 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12840 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12841 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12843 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12845 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12846 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12847 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12849 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12851 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12852 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12853 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12856 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12858 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12859 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12860 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12861 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12862 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12864 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12866 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12867 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12868 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12869 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12870 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12872 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12873 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12874 undoes the expansion.
12878 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12879 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12880 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12881 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12883 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12887 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12888 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
12889 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12891 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12892 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12893 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12895 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12896 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12897 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12898 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12899 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12901 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12902 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12903 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12904 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12909 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12910 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12912 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12914 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12916 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12918 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12919 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12920 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12922 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12923 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12930 ;;;;;; (17229 28052))
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12933 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12934 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12935 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12937 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12941 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12942 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12944 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12945 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12947 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12949 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12954 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17187 59902))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12957 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12958 This function is obsolete.
12959 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12960 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12964 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12965 This function is obsolete.
12966 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12967 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12971 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12972 This function is obsolete.
12973 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12974 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12980 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17187
12982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12984 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12985 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12991 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12992 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12993 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12994 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12995 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12996 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12997 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12998 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12999 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13000 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13001 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13002 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13003 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13004 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13005 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13006 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13007 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13008 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13009 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13010 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13011 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13012 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17277 60154))
13013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13016 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13017 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13022 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13024 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13027 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13029 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13032 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13034 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13037 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13042 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13044 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13047 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13049 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13050 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13051 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13052 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13053 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13054 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13055 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13056 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13057 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13058 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13059 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13060 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13065 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13067 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13068 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13072 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13073 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13078 Remove the first filter group.
13082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13083 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13085 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13088 Remove all filter groups.
13092 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13093 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13097 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13098 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13099 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13104 Kill the filter group at point.
13105 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13107 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13110 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13114 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13115 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13120 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13121 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13122 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13124 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13127 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13128 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13132 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13133 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13134 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13135 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13136 of replacing the current filters.
13140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13141 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13146 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13151 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13153 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13154 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13155 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13160 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13164 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13165 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13169 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13170 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13171 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13174 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13177 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13178 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13180 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13182 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13183 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13188 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13193 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13194 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13195 of replacing the current filters.
13198 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13199 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13200 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13201 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13202 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13203 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13204 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13205 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13208 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13209 Default sorting modes are:
13210 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13211 Name - the name of the buffer
13212 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13213 Size - the size of the buffer
13217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13218 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13222 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13223 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13224 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13227 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13232 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13233 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13234 for this Ibuffer session.
13236 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13239 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13240 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13241 for this Ibuffer session.
13243 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13246 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13248 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13249 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13251 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13252 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13254 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13257 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13259 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13260 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13262 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13265 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13270 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13272 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13273 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13274 hidden group filter, open it.
13276 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13277 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13278 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13282 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13283 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13284 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13288 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13289 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13291 The names are separated by a space.
13292 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13294 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13295 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13296 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13297 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13299 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13303 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13304 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13306 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13308 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13309 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13311 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13314 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13316 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13319 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13324 Mark all modified buffers.
13328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13329 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13333 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13334 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13338 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13339 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13344 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13349 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13354 Mark all read-only buffers.
13358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13359 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13364 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13365 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13368 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13372 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13373 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17226
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13377 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13378 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13380 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13381 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13382 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13384 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13385 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13386 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13387 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13388 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13389 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13391 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13392 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13393 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13394 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13395 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13397 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13399 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13400 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13401 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13402 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13403 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13405 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13406 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13407 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13409 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13411 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13412 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13413 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13414 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13415 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13416 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13418 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13419 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13420 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13421 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13422 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13423 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13424 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13425 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13427 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13428 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13429 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13430 buffer's modification flag.
13431 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13432 prompted before performing this operation.
13433 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13434 operation is complete, in the form:
13435 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13436 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13437 confirmation message, in the form:
13438 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13439 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13440 macro for exactly what it does.
13442 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13444 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13445 Define a filter named NAME.
13446 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13447 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13448 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13450 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13451 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13452 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13453 bound to the current value of the filter.
13455 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13459 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13460 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17263 27852))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13464 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13465 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13466 buffers which are visiting a file.
13468 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13471 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13472 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13473 buffers which are visiting a file.
13475 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13477 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13478 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13479 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13481 All arguments are optional.
13482 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13483 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13484 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13485 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13486 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13487 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13488 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13489 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13490 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13491 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13492 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13493 that value locally in this buffer.
13495 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13499 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13500 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13501 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17257 22482))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13504 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13505 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13506 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13507 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13509 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13511 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13512 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13513 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13514 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13516 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13517 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13518 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13520 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13522 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13523 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13524 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13525 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13526 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13527 non-marking or not.
13529 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13531 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13532 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13534 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13535 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13538 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13539 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13540 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13542 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13545 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13546 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13547 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13549 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13553 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17187
13555 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13557 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13558 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13559 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13561 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13563 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13565 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13567 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13568 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13569 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17277 60154))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13578 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13579 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13580 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13581 Tab indents for Icon code.
13582 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13583 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13585 Variables controlling indentation style:
13586 icon-tab-always-indent
13587 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13588 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13590 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13591 inserted in Icon code.
13593 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13596 icon-continued-statement-offset
13597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13598 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13599 icon-continued-brace-offset
13600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13601 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13604 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13606 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13608 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13609 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13615 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13616 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
13617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13619 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13620 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13621 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13622 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13624 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13625 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13628 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13629 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13631 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13632 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13633 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13635 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13637 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13641 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13642 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13645 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13646 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13648 The main features of this mode are
13650 1. Indentation and Formatting
13651 --------------------------
13652 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13653 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13655 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13656 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13657 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13658 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13660 Comments are indented as follows:
13662 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13663 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13664 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13666 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13668 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13669 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13670 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13671 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13672 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13673 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13675 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13676 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13677 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13678 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13682 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13683 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13684 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13685 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13686 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13687 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13688 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13689 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13690 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13691 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13695 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13696 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13697 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13698 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13699 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13700 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13704 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13705 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13706 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13707 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13708 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13711 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13712 --------------------------------
13713 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13714 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13716 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13717 \\fu FUNCTION template
13718 \\c CASE statement template
13719 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13720 \\f FOR loop template
13721 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13722 \\w WHILE loop template
13723 \\i IF statement template
13724 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13727 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13728 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13730 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13731 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13732 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13733 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13735 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13736 -------------------------
13737 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13738 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13740 7. Automatic END completion
13741 ------------------------
13742 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13743 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13747 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13748 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13750 9. Documentation and Customization
13751 -------------------------------
13752 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13753 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13754 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13755 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13756 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13760 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13761 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13762 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13764 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13767 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13771 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13772 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13773 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13774 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13775 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13776 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13777 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13778 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17244
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13782 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13783 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13784 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13785 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13787 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13788 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13789 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13792 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13794 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13796 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13797 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13798 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13799 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13800 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13801 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13802 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13803 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13804 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13808 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13809 Switch to another buffer.
13810 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13811 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13814 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13815 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13816 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13817 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13818 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13820 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13821 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13823 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13824 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13826 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13827 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13828 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13829 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13830 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13831 in a separate window.
13832 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13833 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13834 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13835 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13836 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13837 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13838 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13839 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13840 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13844 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13845 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13846 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13847 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13851 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13852 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13853 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13854 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13858 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13860 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13861 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13865 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13866 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13867 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13868 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13872 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13873 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13874 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13875 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13879 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13880 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13884 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13885 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13886 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13887 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13888 visible in another frame.
13890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13891 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13892 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13893 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13894 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13895 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13897 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13898 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13900 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13901 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13903 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13904 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13905 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13906 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13907 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13908 in a separate window.
13909 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13910 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13911 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13912 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13913 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13914 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13915 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13916 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13917 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13918 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13919 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13920 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13921 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13922 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13923 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13927 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13928 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13929 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13930 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13934 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13935 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13937 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13941 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13942 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13943 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13944 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13948 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13949 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13950 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13951 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13955 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13956 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13957 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13958 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13962 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13963 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13964 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13965 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13969 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13970 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13971 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13972 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13976 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13977 Write current buffer to a file.
13978 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13979 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13983 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13984 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13985 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13986 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13990 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13991 Call dired the ido way.
13992 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13993 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13997 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13998 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13999 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14000 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14001 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14002 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14004 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14006 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14007 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14008 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14009 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14011 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14013 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14014 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14015 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14016 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14018 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14020 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14021 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14022 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14023 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14024 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14025 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14026 with `completing-read'.
14027 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14028 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14029 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14030 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14031 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14032 with point positioned at the end.
14033 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14034 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14036 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17187 59901))
14041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14042 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14044 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14045 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14046 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14052 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14053 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14056 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14057 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14061 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14062 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14068 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14069 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14070 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14071 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17257 22483))
14072 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14074 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14075 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14076 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14079 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14081 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14082 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14083 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14088 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14089 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14090 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14093 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14095 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14096 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14097 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14100 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14102 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14103 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14104 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14106 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14108 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14110 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14111 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14112 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14113 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14114 use its file extension as image type.
14115 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14116 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14117 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14118 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14120 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14122 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14124 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14125 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14126 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14127 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14128 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14129 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14130 POS may be an integer or marker.
14131 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14132 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14133 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14134 means display it in the right marginal area.
14136 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14138 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14139 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14140 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14141 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14142 defaulted if you omit it.
14143 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14144 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14145 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14146 means display it in the right marginal area.
14147 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14148 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14149 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14150 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14151 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14153 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14155 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14156 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14157 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14158 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14159 defaulted if you omit it.
14160 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14161 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14162 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14163 means display it in the right marginal area.
14164 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14166 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14168 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14169 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14170 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14171 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14173 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14175 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14176 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14178 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14180 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14181 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14182 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14183 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14184 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14185 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14186 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14187 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14190 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14192 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14194 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14196 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14197 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14199 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14200 documentation string.
14202 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14203 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14204 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14205 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14206 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14207 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14208 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14213 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14214 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14216 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14221 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14222 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17187 59901))
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14225 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14226 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14227 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14228 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14230 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14231 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14232 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14233 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14235 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14237 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14238 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14239 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14240 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14242 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14243 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14244 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14245 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14247 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14249 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14250 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14254 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14255 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14256 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14257 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14259 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14261 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14262 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14263 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14265 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14267 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14269 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14271 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14272 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14273 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14274 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14276 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14277 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14278 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14284 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14285 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17226 24576))
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14287 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14288 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14289 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14290 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14291 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14292 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14294 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14295 Major mode for image files.
14296 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14297 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14301 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14302 Toggle Image minor mode.
14303 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14304 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14308 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14309 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14310 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14311 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14312 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14313 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14315 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14316 information on these modes.
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14323 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17187 59901))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14326 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14327 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14329 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14331 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14332 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14335 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14337 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14338 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14339 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14341 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14343 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14344 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14346 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14347 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14348 pattern's structure.
14350 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14351 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14352 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14355 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14357 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14358 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14360 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14361 of the current buffer as an alist.
14363 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14364 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14365 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14366 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14367 if it is a sub-alist.
14369 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14371 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14373 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14374 Function for finding the next index position.
14376 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14377 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14378 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14381 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14382 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14384 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14386 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14387 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14389 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14390 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14391 It should return the name for that index item.")
14393 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14395 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14396 Function to compare string with index item.
14398 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14399 non-nil if they match.
14401 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14402 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14403 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14404 arguments match\".")
14406 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14408 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14409 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14410 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14412 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14414 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14416 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14418 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14419 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14420 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14421 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14425 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14426 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14428 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14432 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14433 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14434 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14435 for more information.
14437 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14441 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14442 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14443 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17187 59881))
14444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14446 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14447 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14451 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14454 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14456 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14459 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14461 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14464 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14466 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14467 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14468 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14469 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14470 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14472 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14474 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14475 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14476 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14477 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14478 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14480 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14484 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14485 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14486 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17187 59902))
14487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14489 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14490 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14491 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14492 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14493 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14495 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14497 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14498 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14500 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14502 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14503 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14504 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14505 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14506 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14507 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14508 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14509 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14511 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14513 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14514 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14515 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14516 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14517 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14519 This variable is only used if the variable
14520 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14522 More precise choices:
14523 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14524 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14527 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14529 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14531 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14532 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14534 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14535 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14536 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14538 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14539 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14540 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14541 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14544 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14546 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14551 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14552 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14553 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17263 27852))
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14556 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14557 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14559 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14560 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14561 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14563 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14564 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14565 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14566 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14567 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14568 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14569 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14570 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14571 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14572 with the top-level Info directory.
14574 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14575 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14576 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14577 appended to the Info buffer name.
14579 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14580 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14581 in all the directories in that path.
14583 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14585 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14586 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14590 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14591 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14592 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14593 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14597 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14598 Go to the Info directory node.
14602 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14603 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14604 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14605 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14606 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14607 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14609 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14611 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14612 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14613 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14615 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14617 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14618 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14619 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14620 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14621 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14623 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14624 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14626 Selecting other nodes:
14627 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14628 Follow a node reference you click on.
14629 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14630 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14631 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14632 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14633 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14634 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14635 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14636 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14637 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14638 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14639 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14640 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14641 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14642 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14643 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14644 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14645 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14646 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14647 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14648 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14650 Moving within a node:
14651 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14652 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14653 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14654 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14655 move up to the parent node.
14656 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14657 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14659 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14662 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14663 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14664 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14665 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14666 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14667 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14668 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14669 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14670 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14671 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14672 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14673 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14674 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14675 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14676 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14677 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14680 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14682 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14683 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14684 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14685 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14686 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14687 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14689 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14690 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14692 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14693 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14695 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14696 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14697 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14698 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14702 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14703 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14704 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14710 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14711 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14712 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
14713 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14715 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14716 Throw away all cached data.
14717 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14718 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14722 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14724 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14725 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14726 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14727 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14728 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14729 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14731 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14733 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14734 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14736 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14737 Display the documentation of a file.
14738 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14739 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14740 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14741 The default file name is the one found at point.
14743 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14745 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14747 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14748 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14750 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14752 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14753 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14755 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14759 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14760 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17187 59901))
14761 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14763 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14764 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14768 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14769 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14770 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14774 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14775 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14776 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14778 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14779 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14786 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14787 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17187 59901))
14788 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14790 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14791 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14793 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14795 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14796 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14797 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14799 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14800 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14801 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14803 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14804 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14805 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14806 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14810 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14811 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14812 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14816 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14817 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14818 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14819 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14826 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14827 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14828 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14831 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14832 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14836 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14837 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14841 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14844 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14848 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17187
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14852 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14853 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14854 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14855 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14856 accessed via isearchb.
14862 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
14863 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
14866 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14867 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14868 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14869 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14870 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14871 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14873 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14874 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14876 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14877 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14878 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14879 \"s gives German sharp s.
14880 /a gives a with ring.
14881 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14882 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14883 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14884 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14886 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14887 and a negative argument disables it.
14889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14893 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14894 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14895 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14896 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17187 59880))
14897 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14899 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14900 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14901 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14902 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14904 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14906 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14907 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14908 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14909 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14911 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14913 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14914 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14915 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14920 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14921 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14922 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14923 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14925 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14927 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14928 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14929 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14930 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14932 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14934 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14935 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14936 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14937 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14939 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14941 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14942 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14943 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14948 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14949 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14950 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14951 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14953 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14955 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14956 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14957 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14962 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14963 Warn that format is read-only.
14967 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14968 Warn that format is write-only.
14972 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14973 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14980 ;;;;;; (17187 59894))
14981 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14982 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14983 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14984 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14988 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14989 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14990 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14991 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14992 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14993 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
14994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14996 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14997 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14998 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14999 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15001 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15003 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15004 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15005 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15007 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15008 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15011 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15013 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15015 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15017 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15019 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15021 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15023 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15025 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15026 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15028 Each element of this list is also a list:
15030 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15031 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15033 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15034 nil means the default dictionary.
15036 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15039 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15041 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15042 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15043 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15044 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15045 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15046 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15047 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15048 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15049 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15051 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15052 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15053 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15054 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15055 for non-ASCII bytes.
15057 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15058 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15061 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15064 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15065 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15066 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15067 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15068 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15069 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15070 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15071 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15073 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15075 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15076 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15077 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15079 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15080 Key map for ispell menu.")
15082 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15083 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15084 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15085 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15087 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15089 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15095 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15096 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15097 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15098 Valid forms include:
15099 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15100 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15101 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15102 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15104 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15105 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15106 First list is used raw.
15107 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15109 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15110 for skipping in latex mode.")
15112 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15113 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15114 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15115 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15116 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15117 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15119 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15120 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15121 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15122 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15124 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15125 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15126 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15127 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15128 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15130 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15131 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15133 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15134 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15136 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15137 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15140 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15141 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15142 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15143 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15144 quit spell session exited.
15146 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15148 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15149 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15150 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15152 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15154 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15155 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15159 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15160 SPC: Accept word this time.
15161 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15162 `a': Accept word for this session.
15163 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15164 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15165 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15166 `?': Show these commands.
15167 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15168 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15169 the aborted check to be completed later.
15170 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15171 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15172 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15173 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15174 `C-l': redraws screen
15175 `C-r': recursive edit
15176 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15180 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15181 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15182 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15184 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15186 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15187 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15188 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15189 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15191 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15193 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15195 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15196 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15197 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15198 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15200 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15202 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15203 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15207 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15208 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15212 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15213 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15217 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15218 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15219 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15220 sequence inside of a word.
15222 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15224 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15226 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15227 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15231 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15232 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15233 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15234 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15236 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15237 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15238 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15239 available on the net.
15243 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15244 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15245 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15247 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15248 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15250 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15251 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15255 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15256 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15257 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15258 Don't check included messages.
15260 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15261 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15262 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15264 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15265 in your .emacs file:
15266 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15267 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15268 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15269 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15271 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15272 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15273 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17263
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15283 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15284 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15285 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15286 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15287 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15289 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15291 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15293 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15294 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15295 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15296 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15297 `iswitchb' for details.
15299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15304 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15305 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15306 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17187 59881))
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15309 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15314 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15315 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15316 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15317 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15318 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15319 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15320 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15321 necessary to represent OBJ.
15323 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15325 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15326 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15330 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15332 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15333 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15334 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15335 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15336 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15338 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15340 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15341 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15342 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15343 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15345 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15347 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15348 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15349 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15350 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15352 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15354 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15355 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15359 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15360 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15361 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15362 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15363 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15365 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15367 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15368 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15369 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15370 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15371 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15373 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15375 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15376 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15377 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15379 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15384 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17277 59649))
15385 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15387 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15388 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15389 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15390 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15392 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15395 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15397 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15398 Uninstall jka-compr.
15399 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15400 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15401 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15407 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15408 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15409 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15412 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15413 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15414 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15415 decimal key must be specified.")
15417 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15419 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15420 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15421 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15422 decimal key must be specified.")
15424 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15426 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15427 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15428 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15429 decimal key must be specified.")
15431 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15433 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15434 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15435 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15436 decimal key must be specified.")
15438 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15440 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15441 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15442 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15443 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15444 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15448 -------------------------------------------------------------
15449 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15450 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15451 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15452 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15453 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15454 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15455 in the global and local keymaps.
15457 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15458 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15460 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15465 ;;;;;; (17187 59880))
15466 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15468 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15469 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15470 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15472 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15473 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15474 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15475 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15478 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15479 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15480 the context of text formatting.
15482 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17187
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15490 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15491 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15492 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15493 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15494 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15495 positions that contains the current selection.")
15497 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15498 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15499 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15500 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15501 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15502 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15503 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15509 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15510 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15511 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15512 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17187 59901))
15513 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15514 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15515 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15516 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15517 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15518 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15519 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15520 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15522 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15523 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15524 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15525 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15526 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15528 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15530 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15531 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15532 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15534 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15535 defining the macro.
15537 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15538 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15539 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15541 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15542 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15546 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15547 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15548 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15549 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15550 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15553 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15554 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15555 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15559 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15560 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15561 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15563 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15564 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15565 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15566 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15568 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15569 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15571 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15573 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15574 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15575 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15577 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15580 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15581 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15583 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15584 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15585 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15587 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15588 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15592 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15593 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15595 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15597 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15599 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15600 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15601 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15602 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15604 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15605 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15609 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15610 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15611 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15613 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15618 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15619 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15622 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15624 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15627 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15629 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15632 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15634 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15637 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15641 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15642 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17187 59881))
15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15645 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15646 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15647 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15649 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15656 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15657 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
15658 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15660 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15662 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15663 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15667 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15669 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15670 Start or resume an Lm game.
15671 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15672 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15674 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15675 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15676 none / 1 | yes | no
15681 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15682 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15683 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15690 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15691 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17187
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15695 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15698 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15700 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15701 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15702 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15703 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15704 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15705 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15707 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15708 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15710 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15712 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15713 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15715 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15717 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15720 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15722 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15723 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15724 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15725 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15728 The return value is number of composed characters.
15730 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15732 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15739 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15740 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15741 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17187 59880))
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15744 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15745 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15746 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15748 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15750 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15751 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15752 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15754 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15756 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15757 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15758 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15762 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15763 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15764 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15765 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15767 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15771 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15772 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17187 59880))
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15775 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15776 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15777 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15778 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15779 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15780 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15781 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15782 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15784 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15785 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15788 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15790 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15792 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15793 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15794 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15795 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15796 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15797 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15798 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15799 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15801 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15803 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15804 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15805 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15806 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15809 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15811 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15816 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17187 59902))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15819 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15820 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15821 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15822 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15824 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15826 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15827 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15830 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15832 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15833 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15834 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15835 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15836 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15839 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15840 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15841 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15842 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15843 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15845 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15846 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15847 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15848 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15849 slow to keep up with your typing.
15851 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15852 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15853 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15854 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15855 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15856 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15858 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15859 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15860 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15861 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15863 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
15864 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15865 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15866 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15868 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15869 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15870 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15871 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15872 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15876 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15877 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15884 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15887 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[s]?\\(\\.in\\)?$" . ld-script-mode)))
15889 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15890 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15897 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15900 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15901 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15903 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15904 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15906 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15907 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15909 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15910 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15911 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15912 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15913 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15914 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15915 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15916 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15917 and transmit saved text.
15919 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15920 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15924 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17187 59902))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15934 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15935 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15936 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15937 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15938 generations (this defaults to 1).
15940 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15944 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17244
15946 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15948 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15949 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15950 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15951 is nil, raise an error.
15953 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15954 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15955 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15956 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15957 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15958 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15959 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15960 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15961 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15963 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15967 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15968 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17257 22483))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15971 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15972 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15973 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15975 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15977 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15978 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15979 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15981 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15983 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15984 Run the locate command with a filter.
15986 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15987 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15989 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17226 24576))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15996 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15997 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15998 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15999 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16000 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16001 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16002 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16003 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16004 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16005 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16006 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16007 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16008 uses the current buffer.
16010 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16014 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17187
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16018 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16019 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17257
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16029 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16030 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16031 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16032 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16033 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16035 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16036 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16037 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16039 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16040 are indicated with a symbol.
16042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16047 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17187
16049 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16051 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16053 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16055 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16056 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16057 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16059 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16060 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16062 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16063 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16064 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16065 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16066 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16067 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16068 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16070 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16072 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16073 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16074 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16075 switch on this list.
16076 See `lpr-command'.")
16078 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16080 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16081 *Name of program for printing a file.
16083 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16084 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16085 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16086 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16087 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16088 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16091 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16093 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16094 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16095 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16096 for customization of the printer command.
16100 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16101 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16103 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16104 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16105 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16106 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16108 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16109 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16111 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16112 for further customization of the printer command.
16116 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16117 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16118 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16119 for customization of the printer command.
16121 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16123 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16124 Paginate and print the region contents.
16126 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16127 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16128 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16129 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16131 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16132 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16134 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16135 for further customization of the printer command.
16137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16141 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16142 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
16143 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16145 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16146 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16147 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16149 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16153 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17187
16155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16157 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16158 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16159 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16161 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16167 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17277
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16171 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16172 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16179 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16180 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16183 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16184 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16185 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16186 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16187 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16189 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16194 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17187 59901))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16197 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16198 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16199 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16200 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16201 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16203 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16205 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16206 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16207 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16208 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16210 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16211 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16212 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16213 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16216 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16217 use this command, and then save the file.
16219 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16221 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16222 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16223 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16224 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16225 each time the macro executes.
16226 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16227 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16228 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16229 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16230 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16231 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16232 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16236 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16237 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16238 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16239 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16241 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16242 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16243 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16246 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16247 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16249 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16250 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16251 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16252 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16253 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16255 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16258 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16259 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16260 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16262 You could enter the names in this format:
16268 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16271 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16274 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16275 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16277 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16278 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16283 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17187 59901))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16286 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16287 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16288 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16289 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16290 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16292 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16293 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16294 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16295 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16296 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16298 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16299 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16300 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16303 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16305 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16306 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16308 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16313 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16314 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16317 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16318 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16322 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16327 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16328 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16330 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16332 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16333 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16334 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16337 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16343 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16344 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16345 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17187
16347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16349 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16350 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16351 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16352 often correct parser.")
16354 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16356 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16359 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16361 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16362 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16363 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16364 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16366 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16368 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16369 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16370 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16371 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16373 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16375 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16376 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16377 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16378 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16379 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16380 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16381 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16384 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16386 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16387 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16388 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16389 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16390 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16391 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16393 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16397 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16398 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17238 21257))
16399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16401 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16402 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16406 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16407 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16408 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16410 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16412 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16413 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16414 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16416 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16421 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17187
16423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16425 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16426 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16427 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16429 If `parens', they look like:
16430 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16431 If `angles', they look like:
16432 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16434 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16436 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16437 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16438 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16439 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16440 their `Resent-' variants.
16442 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16443 removed from alias expansions.
16445 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16447 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16448 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16449 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16451 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16452 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16453 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16454 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16456 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16458 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16459 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16460 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16461 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16467 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16468 ;;;;;; (17226 24564))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16471 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
16472 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16473 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16474 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16481 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16482 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16485 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16486 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16488 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16489 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16490 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16491 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16492 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16493 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16495 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16496 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16497 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16498 dependency, despite the colon.
16500 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16502 In the browser, use the following keys:
16504 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16506 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16508 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16509 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16511 `makefile-target-colon':
16512 The string that gets appended to all target names
16513 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16514 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16516 `makefile-macro-assign':
16517 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16518 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16519 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16520 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16521 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16522 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16524 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16525 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16526 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16528 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16529 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16531 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16532 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16533 up or down in the browser.
16535 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16536 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16538 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16539 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16541 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16543 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16544 has been selected in the browser.
16546 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16547 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16548 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16549 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16550 filenames are omitted.
16552 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16553 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16554 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16555 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16556 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16557 the backslash itself intact.
16558 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16559 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16561 `makefile-browser-hook':
16562 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16563 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16565 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16566 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16567 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16568 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16572 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16573 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16577 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16578 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16582 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16583 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16587 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16588 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16594 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17187
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16598 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16599 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16600 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17277 59650))
16607 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16609 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16611 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16612 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16613 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16614 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16615 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16616 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16617 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16619 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16620 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16621 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16622 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16624 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16626 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16627 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16629 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16633 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17187 59902))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16636 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16637 Toggle Master mode.
16638 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16639 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16640 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16642 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16643 following commands:
16645 \\{master-mode-map}
16647 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16648 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16649 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16655 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17277
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16659 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16661 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16662 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16663 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16665 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16667 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16669 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16671 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16672 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16673 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16674 created in the future.
16675 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16676 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16682 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16683 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16684 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16685 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16686 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16687 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
16688 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
16689 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
16690 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
16691 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
16692 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17277 60154))
16693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16695 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16696 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16698 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16700 If `parens', they look like:
16701 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16702 If `angles', they look like:
16703 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16705 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16706 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16708 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16710 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16711 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16713 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16715 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16716 *Local news organization file.")
16718 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16720 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16721 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16722 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16723 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16725 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16726 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16727 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16729 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16731 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16733 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16734 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16736 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16737 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16738 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16739 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16741 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16743 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16744 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16745 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16746 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16748 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16750 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16751 *Function for citing an original message.
16752 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16753 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16754 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16756 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16758 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16759 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16760 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16761 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16762 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16764 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16766 (defvar message-signature t "\
16767 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16768 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16769 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16770 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16772 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16774 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16775 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16776 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16777 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16779 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16781 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16782 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16784 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16786 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16788 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16789 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16790 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16791 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16792 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16793 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16794 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16795 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16796 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16797 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16798 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16799 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16800 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16801 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16802 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16803 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16804 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16805 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16806 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16807 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16808 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16809 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16810 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16811 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16812 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16813 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16814 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16815 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16816 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16817 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16818 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16819 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16820 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16821 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16822 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16823 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16824 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16828 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16829 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16830 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16832 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16834 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16835 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16837 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16839 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16840 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16842 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16844 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16845 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16847 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16849 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16850 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16851 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16853 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16855 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16856 Cancel an article you posted.
16857 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16861 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16862 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16863 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16864 header line with the old Message-ID.
16868 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16869 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16873 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16874 Forward the current message via mail.
16875 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16876 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16878 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16880 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16883 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16885 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16888 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16890 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16891 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16895 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16896 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16898 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16900 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16901 Re-mail the current message.
16902 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16903 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16908 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16909 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16911 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16913 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16914 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16918 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16919 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16921 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16923 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16924 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16926 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16928 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16929 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16930 Works by overstriking characters.
16931 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16932 which specify the range to operate on.
16934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16936 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16937 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16938 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16939 which specify the range to operate on.
16941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16946 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16949 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16950 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16954 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16955 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16959 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16960 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16964 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16965 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16972 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16973 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16976 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16977 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16978 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16982 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16983 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16984 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16985 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16986 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16987 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16988 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16990 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16992 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16993 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16994 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16995 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16996 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16998 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16999 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17001 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17003 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17004 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17005 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17006 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17007 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17009 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17010 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17012 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17016 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-user-agent-compose mh-smail-batch
17017 ;;;;;; mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el"
17018 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17021 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17022 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17023 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17027 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17028 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17029 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17033 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17034 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17036 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
17037 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
17038 should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17040 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
17041 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17043 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17045 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17046 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17047 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
17049 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17050 initial Subject field, respectively.
17052 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
17053 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
17054 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
17056 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
17058 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17060 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
17061 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
17063 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
17064 using the MH mail handling system.
17066 There are two types of tags used by MH-E when composing MIME messages: MML and
17067 MH. The option `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of tags are inserted
17068 by MH-E commands. These tags can be converted to MIME body parts by running
17069 \\[mh-mh-to-mime] for MH-style directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for MML tags.
17071 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17072 specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
17074 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
17075 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
17077 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
17083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
17084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17263 27852))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17087 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
17088 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
17089 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17090 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17094 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
17095 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17096 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17097 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17101 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17102 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17106 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
17107 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17109 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
17110 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
17111 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
17113 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17114 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
17115 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
17117 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17121 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
17122 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
17125 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
17126 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
17127 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
17128 in the mh(1) man page):
17131 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
17137 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
17138 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
17144 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17147 All of the messages.
17149 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
17152 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
17153 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
17154 messages in that region.
17156 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17263 27852))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17165 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17167 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17169 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17173 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17174 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17187 59902))
17175 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17177 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17178 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17179 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17180 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17181 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17182 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17183 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17184 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17185 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17186 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17187 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17191 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17192 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17193 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17194 to its second argument TM.
17196 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17201 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17187 59902))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17204 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17205 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17206 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17208 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17210 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17212 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17214 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17215 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17216 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17217 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17218 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17219 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17220 default indication.
17222 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17223 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17229 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17230 ;;;;;; (17238 21095))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17233 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17234 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17239 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17244 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17245 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
17246 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17248 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17253 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17256 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17258 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17259 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17260 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17263 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17267 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17268 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
17269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17271 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17272 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17273 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17274 the entire message.
17275 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17277 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17281 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17282 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
17283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17285 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17286 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17287 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17288 the entire message.
17289 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17291 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17295 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17296 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17226 24575))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17299 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17300 Insert file contents of URL.
17301 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17303 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17305 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17306 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17308 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17312 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17226
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17316 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17317 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17324 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17327 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17330 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17332 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17335 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17339 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17340 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17341 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17187 59901))
17342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17344 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17347 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17349 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17352 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17354 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17357 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17359 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17362 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17364 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17367 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17369 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17372 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17374 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17382 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17385 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17386 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17387 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17388 followed by the first character of the construct.
17390 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17391 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17392 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17393 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17394 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17395 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17396 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17397 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17398 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17399 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17400 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17401 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17402 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17405 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17406 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17407 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17413 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17414 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17417 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17418 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17420 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17422 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17423 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17425 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17429 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17187
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17433 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17434 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17435 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17437 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17439 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17441 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17443 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17444 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17445 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17446 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17448 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17450 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17452 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17454 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17455 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17456 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17457 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17458 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17459 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17461 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17462 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17463 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17464 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17465 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17467 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17468 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17470 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17471 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17473 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17475 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17476 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17477 primary selection and region.
17479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17483 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17226 24576))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17486 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17487 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17493 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17187 59914))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17496 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17497 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17498 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17500 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17502 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17504 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17506 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17508 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17509 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17510 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17517 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17518 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17519 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17520 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17521 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
17522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17524 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17525 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17526 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17527 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17528 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17529 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17530 set of ISO charsets.
17532 Each element has the following format:
17533 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17535 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17537 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17538 CHARSET are mapped.
17540 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17541 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17542 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17543 character code in CHARSET.
17545 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17546 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17547 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17549 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17550 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17552 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17553 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17555 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17556 Display a list of all character sets.
17558 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17559 internal Emacs use.
17561 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17562 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17563 hexadecimal digits.
17564 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17565 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17567 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17568 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17569 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17570 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17572 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17573 but still shows the full information.
17577 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17578 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17579 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17580 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17581 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17583 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17584 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17585 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17586 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17587 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17589 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17591 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17592 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17593 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17594 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17595 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17597 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17599 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17600 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17602 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17604 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17605 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17607 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17609 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17610 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17612 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17613 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17615 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17616 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17617 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17618 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17619 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17620 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17621 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17622 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17623 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17624 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17625 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17626 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17627 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17628 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17629 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17630 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17634 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17635 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17639 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17640 Display a list of all coding systems.
17641 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17643 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17644 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17648 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17649 Display a list of all coding categories.
17653 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17654 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17656 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17658 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17659 Display information about FONTSET.
17660 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17662 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17664 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17665 Display a list of all fontsets.
17666 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17667 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17668 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17672 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17673 Display information about all input methods.
17677 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17678 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17680 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17681 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17682 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17683 system which uses fontsets).
17689 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17690 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17691 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17692 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17693 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17694 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17187 59880))
17695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17697 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17698 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17699 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17701 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17703 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17705 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17706 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17708 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17709 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17711 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17712 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17714 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17716 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17717 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17718 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17719 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17720 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17721 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17722 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17724 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17725 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17726 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17727 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17728 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17729 middle of a character in STR.
17731 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17732 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17734 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17735 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17736 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17737 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17738 defaults to \"...\".
17740 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17742 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17743 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17745 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17746 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17747 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17749 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17750 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17751 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17753 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17754 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17755 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17757 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17758 longer than KEYSEQ.
17759 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17761 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17763 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17764 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17765 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17766 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17767 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17768 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17769 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17770 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17771 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17772 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17773 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17775 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17777 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17778 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17780 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17782 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17783 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17785 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17787 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17788 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17790 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17792 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17793 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17795 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17797 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17798 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17799 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17800 coding systems ordered by priority.
17802 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17804 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17805 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17806 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17807 language environment LANG-ENV.
17809 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17811 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17812 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17813 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17814 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17815 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17816 basis, this may not be accurate.
17818 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17822 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17823 ;;;;;; (17263 27079))
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17826 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17827 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17828 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17830 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17832 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17834 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17836 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17837 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17838 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17839 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17843 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17844 Enable mouse wheel support.
17846 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17850 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17851 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17852 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17853 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17187 59902))
17854 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17856 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17857 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17859 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17861 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17863 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17864 `ping-program-options'.
17868 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17869 Run ipconfig program.
17873 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17875 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17876 Run netstat program.
17880 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17881 Run the arp program.
17885 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17886 Run the route program.
17890 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17891 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17895 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17896 Run nslookup program.
17900 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17901 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17905 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
17910 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17915 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17916 Finger USER on HOST.
17918 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17920 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17921 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17922 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17923 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17925 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17927 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17932 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17933 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17935 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17937 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17938 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17940 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17944 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17945 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17946 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17947 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17948 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17949 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17952 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17954 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17956 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17958 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17960 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17961 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17962 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17963 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17964 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17965 Major modes should set this variable.")
17967 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17968 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17969 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17970 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17971 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17972 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17974 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17976 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17977 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17979 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17980 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17981 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17982 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17984 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17985 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17987 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17988 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17989 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17991 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17992 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17993 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17994 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17995 column indentation or nil.
17996 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17998 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17999 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18000 The function has no args.
18002 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18003 comments always start in column zero.")
18005 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18006 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18007 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18009 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18011 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18012 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18013 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18014 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18016 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18017 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18019 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18021 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18022 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18023 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18024 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18025 customize this variable.
18027 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18028 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18030 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18032 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18033 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18034 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18035 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18036 the variables are properly set.
18038 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18040 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18041 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18045 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18046 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18047 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18049 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18051 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18052 Set the comment column based on point.
18053 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18054 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18055 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18056 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18060 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18061 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18062 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18066 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18067 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18068 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18071 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18073 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18074 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18075 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18076 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18077 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18078 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18079 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18080 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18082 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18083 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18085 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18087 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18088 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18089 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18090 is passed on to the respective function.
18092 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18094 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18095 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18096 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18097 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18098 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18099 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18100 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18101 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18105 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18106 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18107 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18109 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18111 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18112 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18113 This indents the body of the continued comment
18114 under the previous comment line.
18116 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18117 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18118 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18120 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18121 or comment indentation.
18123 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18124 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18126 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18130 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p
18131 ;;;;;; newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start)
18132 ;;;;;; "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (17263 27852))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18135 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18136 Start the newsticker.
18137 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18138 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18139 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18140 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18142 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18144 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18145 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18146 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18151 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18152 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18156 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18157 Check whether newsticker is running.
18158 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18159 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18163 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18164 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18165 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18166 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18174 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18177 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18178 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18180 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18184 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17187
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18188 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18189 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18190 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18191 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18192 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18193 symbol in the alist.
18195 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18200 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18203 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18204 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18205 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18211 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18212 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18215 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18216 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18217 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18223 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18224 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18227 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18228 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18230 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18234 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18235 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17187 59901))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18238 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18239 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18243 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18244 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18248 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18249 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18256 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17187 59902))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18259 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18260 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18261 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18263 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18265 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18268 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18270 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18271 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18274 to future sessions.
18276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18278 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18279 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18280 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18281 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18282 to future sessions.
18284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18288 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18289 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18292 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18293 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18295 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18296 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18297 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18303 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18304 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18307 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18308 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18309 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18310 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18311 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18317 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18318 ;;;;;; (17187 59926))
18319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18321 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18322 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18323 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18325 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18327 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18328 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18330 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18331 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18332 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18336 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18341 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18344 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18345 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18347 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18348 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18349 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18350 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18352 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18353 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18354 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18355 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18356 is why you need this mode!).
18358 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18359 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18360 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18362 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18367 \\{octave-mode-map}
18369 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18370 ==============================================
18373 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18376 octave-auto-newline
18377 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18380 octave-blink-matching-block
18381 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18382 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18384 octave-block-offset
18385 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18388 octave-continuation-offset
18389 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18392 octave-continuation-string
18393 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18394 Default is a backslash.
18396 octave-mode-startup-message
18397 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18400 octave-send-echo-input
18401 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18402 command to the inferior Octave process.
18404 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18405 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18406 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18408 octave-send-echo-input
18409 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18411 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18413 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18414 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18416 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18417 (setq auto-mode-alist
18418 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18420 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18421 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18423 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18427 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18428 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18430 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18431 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18432 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18433 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18439 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18440 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
18441 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18443 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18444 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18445 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18449 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18450 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18451 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18452 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18453 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18455 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
18462 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
18463 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-diary org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode)
18464 ;;;;;; "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17277 59650))
18465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18467 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18468 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18469 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18471 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18472 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18473 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18474 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18475 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18476 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18477 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18478 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18479 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18480 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18482 The following commands are available:
18488 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18489 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18491 The following commands are available:
18493 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18497 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18498 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18499 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18500 will be able to go to other weeks.
18501 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18502 also be shown, under the current date.
18503 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18504 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18505 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18507 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18509 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18510 Return diary information from org-files.
18511 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18512 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18513 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18514 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18516 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18517 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18518 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18520 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18521 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18522 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18523 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18525 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18526 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18527 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18529 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18530 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18531 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18532 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18534 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18536 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18538 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18539 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18543 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18544 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18547 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18549 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18550 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18551 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18553 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18555 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18556 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18557 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18558 \\[org-insert-link].
18559 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18560 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18561 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18565 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18566 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18567 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18568 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18569 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18573 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18574 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18575 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18576 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18577 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18578 file the text at a specific location.
18579 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18580 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18581 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18583 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18584 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18585 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18586 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18587 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18588 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18589 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18590 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18592 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18593 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18594 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18595 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18597 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18598 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18599 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18601 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18602 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18603 \(i.e. after the stars).
18605 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18609 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18610 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18614 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18615 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18619 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
18620 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
18621 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
18622 file, but with extension `.ics'.
18626 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
18627 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
18628 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
18634 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18635 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
18636 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18638 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18639 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18640 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18641 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18643 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18644 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18645 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18646 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18648 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18649 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18650 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18651 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18652 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18653 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18655 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18656 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18657 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18659 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18660 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18661 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18662 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18663 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18664 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18665 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18666 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18667 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18668 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18669 The subheadings remain visible.
18670 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18672 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18673 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18674 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18676 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18677 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18681 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18682 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18683 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18684 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17187 59902))
18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18693 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18694 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18695 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18697 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18699 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18701 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18703 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18704 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18705 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18706 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18708 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18709 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18715 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18716 ;;;;;; (17187 59880))
18717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18719 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18720 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18721 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18722 unknown are returned as nil.
18724 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18728 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17277
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18732 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18733 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18734 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18736 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18737 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18739 Other useful functions are:
18741 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18742 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18743 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18744 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18745 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18746 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18747 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18748 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18749 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
18751 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18753 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18754 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18755 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18756 Indentation for case statements.
18757 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18758 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18760 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18761 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18762 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18763 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18764 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18765 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18766 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18767 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18768 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18769 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18771 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18772 pascal-separator-keywords.
18774 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18775 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18781 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18782 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18785 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18786 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18787 The keys affected are:
18788 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18789 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18790 M-Backspace does undo.
18791 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18792 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18793 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18799 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18800 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17187 59901))
18801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18803 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18804 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18805 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18807 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18809 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18811 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18813 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18814 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18816 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18818 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18819 which modify the status of the mark.
18821 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18822 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18824 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18825 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18827 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18828 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18829 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18830 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18831 turning PC Selection mode on.
18833 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18834 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18836 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18837 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18838 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18840 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18841 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18842 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18844 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18845 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18847 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18848 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18849 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18851 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18852 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18853 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18859 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18860 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18865 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18866 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18867 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18868 and cursor movement commands.
18869 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18871 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18873 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17187
18879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18881 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18882 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18888 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18889 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17187 59902))
18890 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18892 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18893 Completion for `gzip'.
18897 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18898 Completion for `bzip2'.
18902 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18903 Completion for GNU `make'.
18907 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18908 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18912 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18916 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18917 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17187 59902))
18918 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18920 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18921 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18925 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18926 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18930 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18931 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18937 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17187
18939 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18941 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18942 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18943 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18944 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18945 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18946 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18952 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18953 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18954 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17187 59902))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18957 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18958 Completion for `cd'.
18962 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18964 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18965 Completion for `rmdir'.
18969 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18970 Completion for `rm'.
18974 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18975 Completion for `xargs'.
18979 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18981 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18982 Completion for `which'.
18986 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18987 Completion for the `chown' command.
18991 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18992 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18998 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18999 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19000 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17226
19002 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19004 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19005 Support extensible programmable completion.
19006 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19007 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19009 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19011 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19012 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19016 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19017 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19018 This will modify the current buffer.
19022 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19023 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19027 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19028 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19029 This will modify the current buffer.
19033 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19034 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19038 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19039 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19043 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19044 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19045 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19046 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19047 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19049 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19051 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19052 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19058 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19059 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19060 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17238 21257))
19061 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19063 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19064 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19065 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19066 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19068 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19070 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19072 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19073 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19074 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19075 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19076 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19077 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19080 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19082 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19083 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19084 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19085 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19086 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19087 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19088 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19089 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19091 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19093 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19094 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19095 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19096 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19097 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19098 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19099 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19102 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19104 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19105 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19106 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19107 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19108 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19109 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19110 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19112 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19114 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19116 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19117 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19118 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19120 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19122 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19123 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19124 nil means never do it.
19125 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19126 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19127 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19129 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19131 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19132 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19133 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17196 27217))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19140 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19144 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19145 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19148 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19149 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19150 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19151 Tab indents for Perl code.
19152 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19153 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19154 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19156 Variables controlling indentation style:
19157 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19158 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19159 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19160 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19161 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19162 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19163 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19165 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19166 `perl-indent-level'
19167 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19168 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19169 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19170 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19171 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19172 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19173 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19174 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19175 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19176 `perl-brace-offset'
19177 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19178 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19179 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19180 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19181 `perl-label-offset'
19182 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19183 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19184 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19186 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19187 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19188 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19189 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19190 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19191 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19192 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19194 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19201 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19202 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19203 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17263 27852))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19206 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19207 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19209 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19211 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19212 passphrase cache or user.
19214 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19216 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19217 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19219 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19222 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19224 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19225 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19227 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19230 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19231 passphrase cache or user.
19233 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19235 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19236 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19238 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19240 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19243 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19244 passphrase cache or user.
19246 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19248 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19249 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19251 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19252 passphrase cache or user.
19254 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19256 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19257 Decrypt the current buffer.
19259 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19262 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19263 passphrase cache or user.
19265 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19267 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19268 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19270 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19271 a detached signature.
19273 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19274 and the the output is displayed.
19276 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19277 passphrase cache or user.
19279 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19281 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19282 Sign the current buffer.
19284 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19285 detached signature.
19287 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19290 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19291 and the the output is displayed.
19293 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19294 passphrase cache or user.
19296 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19298 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19299 Verify the current region between START and END.
19300 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19301 the detached signature of the current region.
19303 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19304 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19306 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19308 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19309 Verify the current buffer.
19310 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19311 the detached signature of the current region.
19312 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19313 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19314 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19317 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19319 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19320 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19324 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19325 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19327 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19329 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19330 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19336 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
19337 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
19340 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
19341 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
19343 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
19347 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19348 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
19349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19351 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19352 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19353 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19354 afterwards settable by these commands:
19355 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19356 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19357 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19358 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19359 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19360 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19361 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19362 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19363 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19364 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19365 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19366 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19367 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19368 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19369 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19370 with these commands:
19371 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19372 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19373 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19374 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19375 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19376 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19377 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19378 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19379 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19380 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19381 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19382 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19383 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19384 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19385 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19386 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19387 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19388 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19389 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19390 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19391 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19392 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19393 text is saved in the kill ring.
19394 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19395 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19396 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19397 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19398 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19399 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19400 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19401 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19402 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19403 if invoked soon enough.
19404 You can return to the previous mode with:
19405 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19406 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19408 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19410 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19411 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19415 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19419 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19420 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
19421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19423 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19424 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19425 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19427 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17187 59902))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19434 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19435 Play pong and waste time.
19436 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19437 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19439 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19447 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19448 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17187 59901))
19449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19451 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19452 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19453 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19454 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19456 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19458 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19459 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19463 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19464 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19465 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19466 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19467 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19469 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19471 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19472 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19473 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19474 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19475 in the variable `values'.
19477 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19479 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19480 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19481 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19482 Ignores leading comment characters.
19488 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19489 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19490 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19491 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19492 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19493 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19494 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19495 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19496 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19497 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19498 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19499 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19500 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19501 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19502 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19503 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19504 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19505 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19506 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19509 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19510 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19512 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19514 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19516 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19518 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19519 Preview directory using ghostview.
19521 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19522 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19523 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19524 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19526 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19527 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19528 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19529 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19530 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19533 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19535 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19537 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19538 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19541 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19542 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19543 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19545 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19546 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19547 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19548 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19549 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19552 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19554 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19557 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19559 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19560 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19561 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19562 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19564 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19565 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19566 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19567 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19568 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19571 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19573 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19575 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19576 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19578 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19580 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19581 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19582 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19583 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19585 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19586 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19587 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19588 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19589 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19592 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19594 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19596 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19597 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19599 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19600 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19601 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19603 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19604 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19605 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19606 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19608 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19610 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19611 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19613 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19614 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19615 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19617 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19618 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19619 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19620 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19622 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19624 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19625 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19627 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19628 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19629 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19631 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19632 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19633 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19634 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19636 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19638 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19639 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19641 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19643 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19644 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19645 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19647 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19648 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19649 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19650 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19652 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19654 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19655 Preview region using ghostview.
19657 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19659 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19661 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19662 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19664 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19666 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19668 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19669 Print region using PostScript printer.
19671 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19673 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19675 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19676 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19678 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19680 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19682 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19683 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19685 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19687 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19689 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19690 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19692 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19694 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19696 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19697 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19699 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19701 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19704 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19706 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19708 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19710 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19711 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19712 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19713 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19715 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19718 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19719 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19721 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19723 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19725 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19726 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19727 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19728 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19732 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19733 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19734 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19735 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19739 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19740 Print directory using text printer.
19742 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19745 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19746 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19748 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19750 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19752 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19753 Print buffer using text printer.
19757 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19758 Print region using text printer.
19762 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19763 Print major mode using text printer.
19767 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19768 Preview spooled PostScript.
19770 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19771 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19772 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19774 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19775 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19776 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19780 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19781 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19783 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19784 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19785 instead of sending it to the printer.
19787 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19788 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19789 image in a file with that name.
19791 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19793 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19794 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19796 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19797 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19798 instead of sending it to the printer.
19800 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19801 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19802 image in a file with that name.
19804 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19806 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19807 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19809 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19810 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19811 instead of sending it to the printer.
19813 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19814 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19815 image in a file with that name.
19817 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19819 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19820 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19822 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19824 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19825 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19827 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19829 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19830 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19832 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19834 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19835 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19837 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19839 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19840 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19842 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19844 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19845 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19847 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19848 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19849 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19850 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19852 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19853 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19854 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19855 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19856 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19857 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19860 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19862 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19863 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19867 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19868 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19870 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19872 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19877 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19878 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19882 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19883 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19887 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19888 Toggle printing with faces.
19892 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19897 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19902 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19905 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19907 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19912 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19917 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19918 Toggle upside-down.
19922 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19923 Toggle line number.
19927 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19928 Toggle zebra stripes.
19932 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19933 Toggle printing header.
19937 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19938 Toggle printing header frame.
19942 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19947 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19948 Toggle auto region.
19952 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19957 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19958 Customization of the `printing' group.
19960 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19962 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19963 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19965 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19967 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19968 Help for the printing package.
19970 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19972 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19973 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19977 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19978 Interactively select a text printer.
19982 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19983 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19987 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19988 Show current ps-print settings.
19990 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19992 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19993 Show current printing settings.
19995 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19997 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19998 Show current lpr settings.
20000 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20003 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20005 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20006 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20007 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20008 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20011 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20013 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20014 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20015 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20017 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20018 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20019 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20020 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20021 current active printer.
20023 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20024 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20025 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20028 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20029 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20030 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20031 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20032 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20035 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20036 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20038 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20040 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20041 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20042 be done using the new current active printer.
20044 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20045 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20048 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20049 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20050 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20051 instead of sending it to the printer.
20053 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20054 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20057 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20060 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20063 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20065 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20066 Fast fire function for text printing.
20068 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20069 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20070 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20071 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20073 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20074 user for a new active text printer.
20076 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20078 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20080 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20081 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20084 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20086 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20089 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20093 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20094 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20097 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20098 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20099 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20101 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20102 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20103 if that value is non-nil.
20107 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20108 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17187 59902))
20115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20117 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20118 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20119 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20123 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17277
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20127 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20128 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20130 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20132 The following variables hold user options, and can
20133 be set through the `customize' command:
20135 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20137 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20138 `ps-mode-print-function'
20140 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20144 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20147 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20153 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20154 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20155 The keymap for this second window is:
20157 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20160 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20161 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20162 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20163 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20164 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20171 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20172 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20173 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17226 24577))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20176 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20177 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20181 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20182 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20183 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20184 changed by setting the variable
20185 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20186 The initial value of this variable is
20187 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20190 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20191 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20192 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20193 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20194 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20195 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20198 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20199 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20200 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20201 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20202 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20203 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20204 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20205 use this value, be sure to have installed
20206 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20207 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20208 documentation of this variable).
20210 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20211 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20212 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20213 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20214 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20215 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20217 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20219 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20221 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20222 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20223 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20225 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20227 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20232 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20233 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20235 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20237 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20241 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20243 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20246 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20248 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20249 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20251 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20254 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20258 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20260 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20263 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20265 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20266 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20270 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20271 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20272 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20274 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20276 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20277 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20278 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20280 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20282 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20289 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20290 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20291 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20292 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20293 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20294 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17226
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20298 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20299 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20300 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20302 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20304 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20305 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20306 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20307 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20309 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20311 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20312 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20316 nil Do not print colors.
20320 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20321 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20323 Any other value is treated as t.")
20325 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20327 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20328 Customization of ps-print group.
20332 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20333 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20335 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20336 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20337 sending it to the printer.
20339 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20340 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20341 image in a file with that name.
20343 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20345 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20346 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20347 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20348 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20349 so it has a way to determine color values.
20351 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20353 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20354 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20355 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20357 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20359 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20360 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20361 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20362 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20363 so it has a way to determine color values.
20365 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20367 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20368 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20369 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20370 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20372 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20376 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20377 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20378 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20379 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20380 so it has a way to determine color values.
20382 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20386 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20387 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20388 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20390 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20394 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20395 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20396 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20397 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20398 so it has a way to determine color values.
20400 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20404 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20405 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20407 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20408 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20409 instead of sending it to the printer.
20411 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20412 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20413 image in a file with that name.
20415 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20417 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20418 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20419 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20420 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20421 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20425 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20426 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20427 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20429 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20431 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20432 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20433 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20435 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20437 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20438 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20442 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20443 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20445 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20446 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20448 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20449 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20451 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20453 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20455 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20457 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20458 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20460 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20461 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20463 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20464 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20466 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20468 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20470 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20472 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20473 foreground and background colors respectively.
20475 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20476 bold - use bold font.
20477 italic - use italic font.
20478 underline - put a line under text.
20479 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20480 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20481 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20482 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20483 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20485 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20487 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20491 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20492 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20495 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20497 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20499 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20501 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20502 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20503 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20504 buffer automatically.
20505 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20506 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20507 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20508 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20509 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20510 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20512 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20514 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20515 Major mode for editing Python files.
20516 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20517 parsing of the source.
20518 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20519 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20520 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20522 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20523 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20524 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20525 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20526 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20527 \\<python-mode-map>
20528 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20529 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20530 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20531 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20532 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20533 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20535 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20536 effect outside them.
20538 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20539 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20540 lines count as headers.
20542 \\{python-mode-map}
20546 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20547 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20548 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20549 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20555 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20556 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
20557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20559 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20560 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20561 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20564 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20565 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20567 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20568 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20569 them into characters should be done separately.
20571 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20575 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20576 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20577 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20578 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20579 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17257 22483))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20582 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20583 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20587 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20588 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20589 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20591 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20592 `quail-activate', which see.
20594 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20596 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20597 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20598 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20599 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20600 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20601 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20602 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20604 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20605 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20606 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20607 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20608 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20610 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20612 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20613 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20614 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20615 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20616 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20617 list of candidates.
20619 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20620 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20621 command to be called.
20623 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20624 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20625 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20626 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20628 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20629 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20630 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20631 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20632 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20635 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20636 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20637 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20638 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20640 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20641 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20642 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20643 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20645 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20646 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20647 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20648 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20649 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20650 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20652 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20653 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20654 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20655 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20656 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20657 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20659 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20660 covers Quail translation region.
20662 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20663 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20664 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20665 for it) is inserted.
20667 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20668 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20669 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20671 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20672 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20673 non-Quail commands.
20675 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20677 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20678 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20680 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20681 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20682 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20683 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20684 you type is correctly handled.
20686 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20688 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20689 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20691 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20694 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20696 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20697 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20698 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20699 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20700 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20701 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20702 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20703 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20704 for the translation.
20705 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20707 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20708 it is used to handle KEY.
20710 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20711 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20712 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20713 the following annotation types are supported.
20715 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20716 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20718 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20721 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20722 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20723 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20726 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20727 generated for the following translations.
20729 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20731 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20732 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20734 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20735 which to install MAP.
20737 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20739 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20741 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20742 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20744 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20745 which to install MAP.
20747 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20749 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20751 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20752 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20753 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20754 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20755 a function, or a cons.
20756 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20757 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20758 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20759 for the translation.
20760 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20761 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20762 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20763 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20764 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20766 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20767 it is used to handle KEY.
20769 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20770 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20771 current Quail package.
20773 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20774 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20776 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20778 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20779 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20781 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20782 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20784 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20786 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20787 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20789 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20791 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20792 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20793 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20794 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20795 of the Emacs source tree.
20797 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20798 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20800 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20801 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20804 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20808 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20809 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20810 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17187
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20814 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20815 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20816 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20817 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20819 To make use of this do something like:
20821 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20823 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20825 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20826 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20828 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20829 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20830 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20832 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20834 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20835 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20837 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20839 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20840 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20842 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20845 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20847 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20848 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20850 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20851 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20852 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20854 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20856 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20857 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20859 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20861 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20862 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20866 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20867 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20869 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20871 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20875 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20876 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20882 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17263 27852))
20883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
20885 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
20888 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
20889 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
20890 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels-alist',
20893 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
20895 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
20899 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17226
20901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20903 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20904 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20907 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20911 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20912 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20915 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
20917 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20918 Construct a regexp interactively.
20924 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17238 21257))
20925 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20927 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20928 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20929 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20931 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20933 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20935 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
20937 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20938 Toggle recentf mode.
20939 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20940 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20942 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20943 that were operated on recently.
20945 \\{recentf-mode-map}
20947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20952 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20953 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20954 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17226
20956 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20958 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20959 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20960 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20961 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20963 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20965 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20967 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20968 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20969 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20970 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20973 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20974 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20977 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20979 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20980 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20981 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20983 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20984 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20987 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20989 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20990 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20991 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20993 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20995 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20996 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20998 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20999 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21001 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21004 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21006 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21007 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21011 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21012 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21013 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21014 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21015 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21016 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21017 and point is at the lower right corner.
21019 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21021 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21022 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21024 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21025 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21027 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21028 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21029 on the right side of the rectangle.
21031 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21033 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21035 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21036 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21037 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21038 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21039 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21041 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21042 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21044 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21046 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21047 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21048 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21050 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21052 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21054 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21056 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21057 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21059 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21060 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21061 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21063 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21065 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21066 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21067 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21069 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21070 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21071 rectangle which were empty.
21073 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21077 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17187
21079 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21081 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21082 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21083 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21085 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21086 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21087 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21093 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21094 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17277 59650))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21097 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21098 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21102 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21103 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21105 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21106 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21108 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21109 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21110 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21113 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21114 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21115 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21117 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21118 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21119 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21121 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21122 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21124 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21125 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21127 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21128 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21131 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21135 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21136 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21137 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21143 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21144 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
21145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21147 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21148 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21149 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21150 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21151 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21152 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21154 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21156 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21158 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21159 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21160 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21161 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21162 `reftex-cite-format'.
21164 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21165 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21166 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21167 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21169 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21173 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21174 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
21175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21177 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21178 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21179 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21180 the current TeX document.
21182 With no argument, this command toggles
21183 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21184 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21190 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21191 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
21192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21194 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21195 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21196 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21198 To insert new phrases, use
21199 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21200 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21202 To index phrases use one of:
21204 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21205 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21206 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21207 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21208 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21210 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21211 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21213 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21215 Here are all local bindings.
21217 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21223 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21224 ;;;;;; (17226 24578))
21225 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21227 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21228 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21229 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21232 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21236 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21237 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
21238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21240 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21241 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21242 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21243 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21244 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21245 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21247 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21248 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21250 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21253 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21255 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21256 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21257 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21258 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21260 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21264 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17187 59902))
21265 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21267 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21268 Repeat most recently executed command.
21269 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21270 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21271 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21273 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21274 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21275 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21277 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21281 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21282 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21285 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21286 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21288 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21289 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21290 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21291 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21292 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21293 and point is left after the salutation.
21295 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21296 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21297 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21298 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21299 left after that text.
21301 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21304 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21305 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21306 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21307 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21309 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21313 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21314 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21315 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21317 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21318 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21319 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21320 visibility of comments that precede it.
21321 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21322 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21323 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21324 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21325 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21326 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21327 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21328 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21330 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21331 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21332 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21333 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21334 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21337 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21341 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17187
21343 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21345 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21346 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21352 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21353 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
21354 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21356 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21357 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21358 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21360 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21361 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21362 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21366 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21367 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21368 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21370 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21372 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21374 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21376 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21377 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21378 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21380 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21381 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21382 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21388 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21389 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
21390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21392 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21393 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21397 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21398 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21400 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21404 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17187 59902))
21405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21406 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21408 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21409 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21410 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21411 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21413 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21415 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21416 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21417 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21418 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21420 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21421 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21423 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21424 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21426 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21427 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21430 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21431 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21432 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21433 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21434 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21436 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21437 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21438 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21439 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21441 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21442 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21445 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21449 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21450 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21451 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21452 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21453 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21454 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21455 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17226
21457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21459 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21460 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21461 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21463 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21465 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21466 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21467 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21468 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21470 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21472 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21473 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21474 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21475 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21476 value is the user's email address and name.)
21477 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21479 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
21480 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21481 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
21482 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21483 which normally happens once for each message,
21484 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21485 To make a change in this variable take effect
21486 for a message that you have already viewed,
21487 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21489 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21491 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21492 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21493 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21494 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21496 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21498 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21499 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21501 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21503 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21504 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21505 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21506 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21508 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21510 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21511 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21513 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21515 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21516 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21518 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21520 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21521 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21522 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21523 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21524 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21526 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21528 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21529 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21530 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21531 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21533 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21535 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21536 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21538 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21540 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21541 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21543 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21545 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21546 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21548 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21550 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21551 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21553 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21554 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21556 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21557 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21559 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21561 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21562 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21564 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21565 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21566 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21567 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21569 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21570 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21572 This is set to nil by default.")
21574 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21575 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21576 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21577 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21578 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21580 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21582 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21583 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21584 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21585 It is called with no argument.")
21587 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21588 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21589 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21590 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21591 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21592 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21593 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21595 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21596 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21597 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21598 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21599 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21600 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21602 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21603 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21604 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21605 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21606 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21608 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21609 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21610 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21611 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21612 MSG is the message number,
21613 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21614 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21616 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21617 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21618 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21619 this feature is required with `require'.")
21621 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21622 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21623 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21624 the message is decoded as normal way.
21626 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21627 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21628 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21630 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21631 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21632 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21634 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21635 Read and edit incoming mail.
21636 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21637 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21638 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21640 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21641 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21642 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21643 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21645 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21647 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21649 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21650 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21651 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21652 Instead, these commands are available:
21654 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
21655 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
21656 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21657 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21658 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21659 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21660 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21661 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21662 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21663 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21664 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21665 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21666 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21667 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21668 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21669 till a deleted message is found.
21670 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21671 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21672 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21673 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21674 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21675 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21676 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21677 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21678 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21679 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21680 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21681 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21682 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21683 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21684 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21685 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21686 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21687 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21688 (label defaults to last one specified).
21689 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21690 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21691 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21692 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21693 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21694 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21695 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21696 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21697 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21701 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21702 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21704 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21706 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21707 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21709 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21713 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21714 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21717 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21718 Edit the contents of this message.
21724 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21725 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21726 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17187 59902))
21727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21729 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21730 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21731 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21733 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21735 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21736 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21737 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21739 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21741 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21744 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21746 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21747 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21748 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21749 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21750 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21752 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21754 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21755 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21756 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21757 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21758 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21760 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21764 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21765 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21768 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21769 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21770 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21771 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21773 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21777 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21778 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21779 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17263 27852))
21780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21782 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21783 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21784 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21785 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21786 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21787 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21788 a file name as a string.")
21790 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21792 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21793 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21794 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21795 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21796 buffer visiting that file.
21797 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21798 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21800 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21801 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21803 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
21804 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21806 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21807 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21809 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21811 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21812 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21814 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21816 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21817 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21818 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
21819 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21820 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
21822 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21823 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21824 will be appended with their original headers.
21826 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21827 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21829 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21830 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21832 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21834 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21836 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21837 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21838 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21840 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21844 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21845 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21846 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17187
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21854 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21860 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21862 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21863 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21864 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21866 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21868 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21869 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21870 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21872 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21874 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21875 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21876 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21878 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21880 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21881 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21882 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21884 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21886 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21887 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21888 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21889 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21891 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21895 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21896 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21897 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21898 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21899 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17226 24576))
21900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21902 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21903 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21905 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21907 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21908 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21910 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21912 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21913 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21917 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21918 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21919 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21921 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21923 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21924 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21925 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21926 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21927 only look in the To and From fields.
21928 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21930 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21932 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21933 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21934 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21935 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21936 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21938 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21940 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21941 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21942 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21943 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21944 look in the whole message.
21945 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21947 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21949 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21950 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21951 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21953 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21955 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21956 *Function to decode summary-line.
21958 By default, `identity' is set.")
21960 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21962 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21963 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21964 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21965 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21966 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21967 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21968 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21970 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21971 sent by you under different user names.
21972 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21974 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21976 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21980 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21981 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21982 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21984 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21985 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21986 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21987 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21989 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21994 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17187 59902))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21997 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21998 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22000 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22002 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22003 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22005 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22007 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22008 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22012 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22013 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22014 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22016 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22017 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22020 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22024 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22025 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22031 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22032 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22033 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22034 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22035 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
22036 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22038 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22039 *This variable is obsolete.")
22041 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22043 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22044 *This variable is obsolete.")
22046 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22048 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22049 *This variable is obsolete.")
22051 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22053 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22054 *This variable is obsolete.")
22056 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22058 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22059 *This variable is obsolete.")
22061 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22063 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22064 *This variable is obsolete.")
22066 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22068 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22069 This function is obsolete.
22071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22075 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17187
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22079 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22080 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22086 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17187
22088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22090 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22091 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22092 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22093 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22095 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22097 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22098 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22099 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22100 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22102 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22106 matches string STRING literally.
22109 matches character CHAR literally.
22111 `not-newline', `nonl'
22112 matches any character except a newline.
22115 matches any character
22120 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22121 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22122 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22124 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22125 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22126 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22127 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22129 `(not (any SET ...))'
22130 matches any character not in SET ...
22132 `line-start', `bol'
22133 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22134 in the text being matched
22137 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22139 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22140 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22141 string being matched against.
22143 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22144 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22145 string being matched against.
22148 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22149 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22152 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22153 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22156 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22158 `word-start', `bow'
22159 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22163 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22166 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22169 `(not word-boundary)'
22170 `not-word-boundary'
22171 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22174 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22175 matches 0 through 9.
22178 matches ASCII control characters.
22180 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22181 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22184 matches space and tab only.
22187 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22190 `printing', `print'
22191 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22194 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22195 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22196 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22198 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22199 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22200 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22203 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22206 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22208 `lower', `lower-case'
22209 matches anything lower-case.
22211 `upper', `upper-case'
22212 matches anything upper-case.
22214 `punctuation', `punct'
22215 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22216 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22218 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22219 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22222 matches anything that has word syntax.
22225 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22228 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22229 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22230 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22232 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22233 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22236 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22237 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22238 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22239 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22240 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22242 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22243 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22244 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22245 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22246 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22248 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22249 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22251 `(category CATEGORY)'
22252 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22253 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22255 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22256 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22257 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22258 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22262 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22263 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22264 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22265 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22266 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22267 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22268 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22269 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22270 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22271 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22272 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22273 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22274 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22275 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22284 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22288 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22290 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22295 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22296 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22298 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22299 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22300 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22301 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22302 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22304 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22305 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22306 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22307 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22309 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22310 another name for `submatch'.
22312 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22313 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22314 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22315 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22316 regular expression.
22318 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22319 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22320 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22321 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22322 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22324 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22325 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22327 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22328 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22330 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22332 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22335 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22336 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22339 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22340 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22342 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22344 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22347 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22350 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22352 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22353 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22355 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22358 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22361 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22365 matches N occurrences.
22368 matches N or more occurrences.
22370 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22371 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22372 matches N to M occurrences.
22375 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22378 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22381 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22384 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22388 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22390 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22394 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
22395 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
22396 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
22398 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
22399 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
22400 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
22403 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
22405 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
22406 Toggle savehist-mode.
22407 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
22408 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
22409 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
22410 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
22412 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
22413 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
22414 which is probably undesirable.
22420 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22421 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
22422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22424 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22425 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22426 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22428 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22429 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22430 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22431 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22432 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22433 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22434 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22435 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22438 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22439 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22440 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22441 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22442 if that value is non-nil.
22446 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22447 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22448 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22452 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22453 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22454 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22455 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22456 that variable's value is a string.
22462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22463 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22466 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22467 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22468 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22470 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22476 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17187
22478 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22480 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22481 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22482 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22483 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22485 Interesting variables:
22487 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22488 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22490 `scribe-electric-quote'
22491 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22493 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22494 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22495 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22501 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22502 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22505 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22506 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22507 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22509 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22511 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22513 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22515 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22516 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22517 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22518 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22519 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22525 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
22526 ;;;;;; (17187 59900))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
22529 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
22530 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
22531 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
22532 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
22533 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
22536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22541 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
22542 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
22543 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
22544 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
22545 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
22546 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
22547 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
22548 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17277 60154))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22551 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22552 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22554 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22556 If `parens', they look like:
22557 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22558 If `angles', they look like:
22559 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22560 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22561 derived from the envelope-from address.
22563 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22564 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22565 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22566 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22568 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22570 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22571 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22572 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22573 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22575 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22576 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22577 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22578 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22580 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22582 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22583 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22584 This is done when the message is initialized,
22585 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22587 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22589 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22590 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22591 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22593 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22595 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22596 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22598 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22600 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
22601 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22602 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22603 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22604 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22605 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22606 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22608 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22610 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22611 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22613 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22615 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22616 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22617 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22619 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22621 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22622 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22623 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22624 when you first send mail.")
22626 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22628 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22629 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22630 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22631 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22632 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22634 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22636 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22637 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22638 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22639 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22640 This file need not actually exist.")
22642 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22644 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
22645 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
22646 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
22648 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
22650 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
22651 Alist of mail address aliases,
22652 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
22653 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
22654 can specify a different file name.)
22655 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
22656 alias ALIAS MEANING")
22658 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
22659 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
22660 nil means use indentation.")
22662 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
22664 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
22665 *Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
22666 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
22668 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
22670 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22671 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22672 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22673 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22674 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22675 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22676 in the cited portion of the message.
22678 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22679 instead of no action.")
22681 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22683 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
22684 *Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
22685 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
22686 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
22687 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
22689 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
22691 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22692 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22693 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22694 If a string, that string is inserted.
22695 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22696 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22697 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22698 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22700 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22702 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
22703 *File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
22705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
22707 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22708 *Directory for mail buffers.
22709 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22710 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22712 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22714 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
22715 *A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
22716 It is inserted before you edit the message,
22717 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
22719 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
22721 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
22722 *If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
22723 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
22724 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
22727 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
22729 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
22730 *Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
22731 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
22732 `query' means ask the user each time.
22733 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
22734 The default is `mime'.
22735 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
22736 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
22738 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
22740 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22741 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22742 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22743 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22744 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22745 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22746 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22747 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22748 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22749 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22750 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22751 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22752 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22753 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22754 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22755 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22756 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22760 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22761 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22763 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22764 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22766 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22768 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22769 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22770 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22771 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22772 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22773 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22775 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22776 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22777 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22779 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
22780 User should not set this variable manually,
22781 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
22782 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22783 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22784 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22786 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22787 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22788 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22789 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22791 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22792 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22795 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22797 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22798 to move to message header fields:
22801 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22802 when the message is initialized.
22804 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22805 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22807 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22810 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22811 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22813 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
22814 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
22815 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
22816 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
22817 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
22818 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
22819 buffer without erasing the contents.
22821 The second through fifth arguments,
22822 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22823 the initial contents of those header fields.
22824 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22825 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22826 original message being replied to, or else an action
22827 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22828 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22829 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22830 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22831 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22832 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22834 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22836 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22837 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22839 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22841 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22842 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22844 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22848 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
22849 ;;;;;; (17279 19612))
22850 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22852 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
22853 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
22854 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
22855 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
22856 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
22857 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
22859 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
22860 communications subprocess.
22862 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
22864 (defvar server-mode nil "\
22865 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
22866 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22868 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
22870 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
22872 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22874 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
22875 Toggle Server mode.
22876 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22877 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
22878 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
22880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22884 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17226 24577))
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
22887 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
22888 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
22889 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
22893 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
22894 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
22895 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
22896 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
22902 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
22903 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
22906 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22907 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22909 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22912 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22913 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22914 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22916 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22917 your `.emacs' file.
22919 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22921 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22922 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22927 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22929 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22930 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22931 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22932 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22933 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22934 which this is based.
22936 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22938 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22939 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22940 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22941 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22943 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22944 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22945 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22947 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22948 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22949 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
22950 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22952 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22953 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22954 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22955 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22957 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22959 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22960 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
22961 To work around that, do:
22962 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22970 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22971 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
22972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22974 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22975 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22976 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22977 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22978 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22979 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22981 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22982 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22983 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22984 shell-specific features.
22986 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22987 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22988 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22990 \\[sh-case] case statement
22991 \\[sh-for] for loop
22992 \\[sh-function] function definition
22993 \\[sh-if] if statement
22994 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22995 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22996 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22997 \\[sh-select] select loop
22998 \\[sh-until] until loop
22999 \\[sh-while] while loop
23001 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23002 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23003 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23004 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23005 would indent to the way it currently is.
23006 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23007 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23010 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23011 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23012 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23013 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23014 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23015 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23017 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23019 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23021 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23022 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23023 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23025 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23026 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23030 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23034 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17187 59901))
23035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23037 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23038 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23039 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23040 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23041 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23042 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23044 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23052 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23053 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23055 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23056 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23057 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23058 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23061 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23063 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23065 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23066 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23067 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23069 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23070 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23072 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23073 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23074 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23075 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23076 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23077 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23078 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23081 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23082 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23083 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23084 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23085 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23087 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23088 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23089 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23095 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23096 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17226
23098 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23100 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23101 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23102 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23103 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23104 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23105 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23110 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23111 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23112 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23113 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23114 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23118 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23119 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23120 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23121 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23122 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23123 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23124 `shadow-define-cluster').
23128 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23129 Set up file shadowing.
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23136 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23139 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23140 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23141 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23142 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23143 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23146 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23148 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23149 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23150 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23151 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23152 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23153 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23154 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23155 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23156 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23157 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23158 discards input when it starts up.)
23159 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23160 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23161 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23163 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23164 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23165 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23166 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23167 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23168 `default-process-coding-system'.
23170 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23171 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23172 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23173 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23175 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23177 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23178 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23182 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23183 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17226 24575))
23184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23186 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23189 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23191 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23194 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23196 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23199 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23203 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23204 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23207 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23208 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23209 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23210 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23211 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23213 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23219 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17277
23221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23223 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23224 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23225 \\{simula-mode-map}
23226 Variables controlling indentation style:
23227 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23228 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23229 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23230 `simula-indent-level'
23231 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23232 `simula-substatement-offset'
23233 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23234 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23235 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23236 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23237 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23238 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23239 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23240 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23241 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23242 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23243 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23244 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23245 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23246 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23247 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23248 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23249 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23250 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23251 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23252 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23253 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23254 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23255 or nil if they should not be changed.
23256 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23257 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23258 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23259 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23261 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23262 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23269 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17187 59902))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23272 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23273 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23275 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23276 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23277 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23278 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23280 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23282 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23284 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23285 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23286 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23287 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23288 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23290 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23291 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23293 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23295 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23296 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23298 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23299 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23300 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23301 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23303 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23304 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23305 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23306 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23308 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23309 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23310 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23312 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23313 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23315 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23316 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23318 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23319 _ interesting point, interregion here
23320 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23321 interesting point set by _
23322 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23323 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23324 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23325 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23326 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23327 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23330 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23331 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23333 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23334 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23335 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23336 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23337 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23338 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23339 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23340 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23342 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23343 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23344 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23345 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23346 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23349 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23350 then: insert previously read string once more
23351 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23352 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23353 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23355 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23356 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23358 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23360 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23361 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23363 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23364 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23365 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23366 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23367 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23370 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23371 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23372 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (17257 22483))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23382 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23383 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23384 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23387 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23389 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23390 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23391 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23397 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23398 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
23399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23401 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23402 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23403 A list of images is returned.
23405 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23407 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23408 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23409 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23415 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23416 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17277 59650))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23419 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23424 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23425 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23431 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17187 59902))
23432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23434 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23435 Play the Snake game.
23436 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23438 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23440 Snake mode keybindings:
23442 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23443 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23444 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23445 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23446 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23447 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23448 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23454 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23455 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
23456 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23458 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23459 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23460 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23461 Tab indents for C code.
23462 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23463 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23465 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23470 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23471 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23472 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23473 Tab indents for C code.
23474 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23475 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23477 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23478 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23484 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23485 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23486 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17229 28052))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23489 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23490 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23492 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23493 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23494 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23496 For example, the form
23498 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23499 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23501 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23503 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23505 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23506 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23508 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23509 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23510 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23513 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23515 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23517 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23518 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23520 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23521 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23522 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23525 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23527 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23529 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23530 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23531 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23534 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23536 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23538 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23539 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23540 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23542 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23543 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23545 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23549 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23550 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23551 Requires floating point.
23557 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17187
23559 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23561 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23564 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23565 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23566 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23567 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23568 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23569 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23570 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23571 check after each move or undo)
23575 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23576 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23577 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23596 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23597 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23598 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23599 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23601 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23602 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23603 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23606 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23607 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23609 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23625 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23627 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23633 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23634 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23635 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17187 59902))
23636 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23638 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23639 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23641 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23642 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23643 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23644 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23647 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23648 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23649 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23652 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23653 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23655 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23656 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23657 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23658 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23661 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23662 It should move point to the end of the record.
23664 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23665 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23666 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23667 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23668 starts at the beginning of the record.
23670 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23671 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23674 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23675 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23677 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23679 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23680 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23681 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23682 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23683 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23686 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23688 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23689 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23690 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23691 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23692 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23695 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23697 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23698 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23699 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23700 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23701 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23704 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23706 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23707 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23708 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23709 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23710 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23711 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23712 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23713 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23714 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23716 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23718 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23719 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23720 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23721 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23722 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23723 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23724 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23727 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23729 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23730 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23731 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23732 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23733 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23734 is to be used for sorting.
23735 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23736 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23737 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23738 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23739 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23741 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23743 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23746 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23747 starting with the letter \"f\",
23748 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23750 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23752 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23753 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23754 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23755 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23756 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23757 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23758 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23761 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23762 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23763 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23764 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23765 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23767 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23769 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23770 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23771 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23773 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23777 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17187
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23781 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23782 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23788 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23789 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23790 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17226 24576))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23793 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23794 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23796 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23797 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23798 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23800 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23802 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23803 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23804 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23807 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23809 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23810 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23811 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23813 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23815 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23816 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23817 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23818 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23823 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23824 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23825 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23826 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23832 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23833 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17238 21257))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23836 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23838 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23839 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23840 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23841 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23842 supported at a time.
23843 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23844 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23848 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23849 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23850 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23851 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23857 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
23858 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17187 59902))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
23861 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
23863 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
23864 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
23865 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
23866 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
23867 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
23868 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
23872 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
23873 Check spelling of word at or before point.
23874 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
23875 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
23879 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
23880 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
23881 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
23882 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
23883 for example, \"word\".
23885 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
23887 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
23888 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
23890 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17187
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
23898 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
23899 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
23903 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
23904 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
23910 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
23911 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
23912 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
23913 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17187
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
23917 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
23918 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
23920 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
23921 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
23922 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
23923 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
23924 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
23925 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
23926 of the current highlighting list.
23930 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
23931 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
23933 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
23934 `_t' as data types.
23936 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
23938 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
23939 Show short help for the SQL modes.
23941 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
23942 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
23944 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
23946 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
23947 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
23948 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
23950 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23952 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23953 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23954 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23955 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23956 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23957 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23959 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23960 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23962 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23964 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23965 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23966 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23967 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23969 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23970 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23971 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23972 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23974 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23975 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23976 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23980 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23981 Major mode to edit SQL.
23983 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23984 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23985 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23988 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23990 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23991 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23992 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23993 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23994 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23995 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23997 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23998 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24000 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24001 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24002 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24004 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24006 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24010 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24011 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24013 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24014 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24019 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24021 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24022 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24024 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24025 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24028 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24029 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24030 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24031 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24038 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24041 `default-process-coding-system'.
24043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24047 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24048 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24055 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24056 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24057 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24059 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24060 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24062 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24063 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24064 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24065 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24066 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24067 `default-process-coding-system'.
24069 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24073 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24074 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24081 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24083 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24084 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24086 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24087 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24088 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24089 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24090 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24091 `default-process-coding-system'.
24093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24097 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24098 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24100 SQLite is free software.
24102 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24103 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24106 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24107 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24108 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24109 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24111 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24112 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24114 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24115 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24116 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24117 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24118 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24119 `default-process-coding-system'.
24121 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24125 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24126 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24128 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24130 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24131 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24134 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24135 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24136 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24137 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24142 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24143 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24144 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24145 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24146 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24147 `default-process-coding-system'.
24149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24153 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24154 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24156 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24157 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24160 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24161 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24164 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24165 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24167 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24168 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24169 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24170 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24171 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24172 `default-process-coding-system'.
24174 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24178 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24179 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24181 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24182 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24185 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24186 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24188 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24191 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24192 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24193 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24194 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24195 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24196 `default-process-coding-system'.
24198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24202 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24203 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24205 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24206 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24209 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24210 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24211 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24212 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24214 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24215 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24217 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24218 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24219 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24220 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24221 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24222 `default-process-coding-system'.
24224 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24228 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24229 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24231 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24232 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24235 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24236 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24237 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24238 `sql-postgres-options'.
24240 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24241 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24243 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24244 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24245 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24246 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24247 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24248 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24249 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24250 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24252 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24253 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24255 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24259 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24260 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24262 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24263 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24266 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24267 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24270 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24271 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24273 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24274 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24275 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24276 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24277 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24278 `default-process-coding-system'.
24280 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24284 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24285 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24287 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24288 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24291 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24294 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24295 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24297 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24298 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24299 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24300 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24302 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24303 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24304 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24305 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24306 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24307 `default-process-coding-system'.
24309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24313 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24314 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24316 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24317 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24320 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24321 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24322 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24323 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24326 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24327 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24328 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24329 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24332 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24333 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24341 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24342 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24343 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24344 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24345 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17226
24347 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24349 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24350 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24351 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24352 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24353 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24354 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24356 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24358 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24360 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24361 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24362 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24363 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24364 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24365 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24366 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24368 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24370 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24371 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24372 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24373 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24374 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24375 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24376 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24378 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24380 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24381 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24382 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24386 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24387 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24388 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24392 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24393 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24395 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24397 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24398 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24402 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24403 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24407 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24408 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24409 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24410 chronologically by command name.
24411 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24413 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24415 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24416 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24417 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24418 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24419 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24421 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24423 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24425 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24426 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24427 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24428 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24429 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24430 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24431 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24433 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24434 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24435 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24436 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24438 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24442 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24443 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24444 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24445 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24447 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24449 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24450 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24456 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24457 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17187 59879))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24460 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24461 Studlify-case the region.
24463 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24465 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24466 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24468 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24470 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24471 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24477 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17263 27852))
24478 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
24480 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
24481 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
24482 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
24483 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
24484 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
24485 to the specified name LIBRARY.
24487 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
24488 is used instead of `load-path'.
24490 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
24491 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
24492 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
24494 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
24498 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24499 ;;;;;; (17229 28053))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24502 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24503 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24504 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24505 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24506 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24507 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24508 original message but it does require a few things:
24510 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24512 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24515 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24516 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24519 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24521 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24523 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24524 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24525 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24531 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17187 59902))
24532 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24534 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24535 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24536 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24537 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24538 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24542 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24543 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24544 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24545 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24546 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24547 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24548 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24554 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24555 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24556 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24557 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24558 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24559 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24560 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24561 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24562 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24563 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24564 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24565 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24566 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17187 59902))
24567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24569 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24570 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24571 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24573 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24575 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24576 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24578 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24580 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24581 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24583 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24585 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24586 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24588 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24590 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24591 Insert an editable text table.
24592 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24593 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24594 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24595 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24596 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24597 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24602 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24604 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24609 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24610 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24611 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24612 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24615 +-----+-----+-----+
24617 +-----+-----+-----+
24619 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24621 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24622 width, which results as
24624 +--------------+-----+-----+
24626 +--------------+-----+-----+
24628 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24629 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24631 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24635 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24636 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24637 width information to `table-insert'.
24639 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24645 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24648 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24649 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24654 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24656 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24658 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24661 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24664 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24666 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24668 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24671 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24677 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24678 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24679 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24681 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24687 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24692 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24695 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24698 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24699 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24700 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24701 | | |expected results.-!- |
24702 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24705 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24707 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24711 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24713 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24714 Insert N table row(s).
24715 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24716 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24717 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24718 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24722 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24723 Insert N table column(s).
24724 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24725 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24726 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24727 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24731 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24732 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24733 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24735 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24737 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24738 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24739 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24740 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24741 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24742 all the table specific features.
24744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24746 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24751 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24752 Recognize all tables within region.
24753 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24754 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24755 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24758 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24760 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24763 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24765 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24766 Recognize a table at point.
24767 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24768 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24769 the table specific features.
24771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24773 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24778 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24779 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24780 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24781 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24782 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24783 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24784 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24786 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24788 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24793 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24794 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24795 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24796 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24797 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24798 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24801 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24803 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24804 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24805 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24806 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24807 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24808 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24809 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24814 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24815 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24816 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24817 table's rectangle structure.
24819 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24821 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24822 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24823 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24824 table's rectangle structure.
24828 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24829 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24830 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24831 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24832 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24834 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24836 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24837 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24838 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24840 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
24841 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
24842 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
24843 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
24844 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
24845 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
24846 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
24848 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24849 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
24850 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
24851 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
24852 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
24853 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
24854 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24856 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
24857 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
24858 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
24859 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
24860 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
24861 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
24862 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
24863 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24865 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
24867 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
24868 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
24869 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24870 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
24872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24874 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
24875 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
24876 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
24878 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
24880 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
24881 Split current cell vertically.
24882 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
24886 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
24887 Split current cell horizontally.
24888 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
24892 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
24893 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
24894 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
24896 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
24898 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
24899 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
24900 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
24901 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
24903 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24905 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
24906 Justify cell contents.
24907 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
24908 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
24909 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
24910 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
24912 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
24914 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
24915 Justify cells of a row.
24916 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24917 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24919 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24921 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
24922 Justify cells of a column.
24923 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24924 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24926 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24928 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
24929 Toggle fixing width mode.
24930 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
24931 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
24932 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
24934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24936 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
24937 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
24938 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
24939 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
24940 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
24941 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
24942 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
24943 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
24944 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
24945 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
24946 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
24948 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
24950 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
24951 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
24952 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
24953 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
24954 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
24955 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
24956 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
24957 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
24958 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
24959 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24960 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24961 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24964 References used for this implementation:
24970 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24972 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24973 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24974 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24976 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24978 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24979 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24980 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24981 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24982 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24983 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24984 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24985 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24986 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24987 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24988 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24989 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24990 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24991 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24992 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24993 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24994 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24999 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25000 (table-forward-cell 15)
25001 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25002 (table-forward-cell 16)
25003 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25004 (table-forward-cell 1)
25005 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25008 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25009 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25010 (table-forward-cell 1)
25011 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25013 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25015 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25016 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25017 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25018 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25019 consists from cells of same height.
25023 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25024 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25025 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25026 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25027 column must consists from cells of same width.
25031 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25032 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25033 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25034 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25035 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25036 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25037 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25038 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25039 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25040 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25041 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25042 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25043 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25044 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25045 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25054 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25055 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25056 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25059 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25061 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25063 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25065 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25069 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25070 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25071 of each row is optional.
25076 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25077 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25078 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25079 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25080 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25082 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25083 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25085 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25086 expression and raw delimiter regular
25087 expression, it parses the specified text
25088 area and extracts cell items from
25089 non-table text and then forms a table out
25092 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25093 creates a single cell table. The text in
25094 the specified region is placed in that
25097 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25100 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25101 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25102 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25104 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25105 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25106 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25107 | area and extracts cell items from |
25108 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25111 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25112 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25113 | the specified region is placed in that |
25115 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25117 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25118 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25121 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25122 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25123 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25124 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25125 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25126 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25127 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25128 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25129 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25131 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25132 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25133 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25134 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25136 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25138 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25139 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25140 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25142 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25144 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25145 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25146 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25147 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25148 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25154 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17187 59902))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25157 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25158 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25160 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25162 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
25163 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
25169 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17277 59650))
25170 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25172 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25173 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25174 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25175 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25176 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25177 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25178 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25180 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25181 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25182 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25183 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25185 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25192 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25193 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17277 60154))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25196 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25197 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25198 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25199 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25200 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25201 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25203 Variables controlling indentation style:
25205 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25206 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25207 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25209 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25210 documentation for details):
25211 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25212 Controls action of TAB key.
25214 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25215 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25216 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25217 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25218 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25220 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25221 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25229 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25230 Run inferior Tcl process.
25231 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25232 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25236 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25237 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25238 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25240 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25244 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17187 59902))
25245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25246 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25248 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25249 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25250 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25251 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25253 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25254 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25255 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25256 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25257 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25259 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25260 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25262 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25263 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25264 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25265 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25271 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17277
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25275 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25276 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25277 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25278 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25279 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25280 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25282 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25284 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25285 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25286 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25287 commands to use in that buffer.
25289 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25291 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25293 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25294 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25296 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25300 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17226
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25304 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25305 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25306 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25307 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25308 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25309 program as keyboard input.
25311 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25312 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25313 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25314 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25316 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25317 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25318 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25319 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25320 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25322 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25324 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25325 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25326 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25327 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25329 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25330 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25331 subprocess started.
25333 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25337 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25338 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
25339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25341 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25342 Start coverage on function under point.
25348 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17187 59902))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25351 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25352 Play the Tetris game.
25353 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25354 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25355 as to form complete rows.
25357 tetris-mode keybindings:
25358 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25359 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25360 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25361 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25362 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25363 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25364 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25365 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25366 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25372 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25373 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25374 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25375 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25376 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25377 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25378 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25379 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
25380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25382 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25383 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25385 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25387 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25388 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25389 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25390 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25391 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25393 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25395 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25396 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25397 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25398 if it matches the first line of the file,
25399 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25401 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25403 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25404 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25405 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25406 if the variable is non-nil.")
25408 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25410 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25411 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25413 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25415 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25416 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25417 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25418 See the documentation of that variable.")
25420 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25422 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25423 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25424 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25425 See the documentation of that variable.")
25427 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25429 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25430 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25431 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25432 See the documentation of that variable.")
25434 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25436 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25437 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25438 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25439 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25440 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25442 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25444 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25445 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25446 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25447 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25449 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25451 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25452 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25453 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25455 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25457 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25458 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25459 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25460 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25462 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25464 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25465 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25466 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25467 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25469 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25471 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25472 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25473 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25474 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25476 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25477 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25480 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25481 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25483 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25486 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25488 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25489 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25490 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25491 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25492 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25494 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25496 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25498 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25499 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25500 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25502 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25504 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25505 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25506 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25507 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25508 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25510 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25512 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25513 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25515 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25517 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25518 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25520 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25522 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25523 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25524 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25525 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25526 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25527 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25528 says which mode to use.
25532 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25534 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25536 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25538 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25539 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25540 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25541 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25542 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25544 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25545 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25546 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25547 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25548 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25549 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25550 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25552 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25553 mismatched $'s or braces.
25556 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25560 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25562 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25563 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25564 tex-dvi-print-command
25565 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25566 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25567 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25568 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25569 tex-dvi-view-command
25570 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25571 tex-show-queue-command
25572 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25573 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25575 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25576 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25577 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25581 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25582 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25583 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25584 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25585 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25587 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25588 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25589 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25590 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25591 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25592 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25593 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25595 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25596 mismatched $'s or braces.
25603 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25605 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25606 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25607 tex-dvi-print-command
25608 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25609 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25610 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25611 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25612 tex-dvi-view-command
25613 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25614 tex-show-queue-command
25615 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25616 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25618 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25619 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25620 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25624 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25625 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25626 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25627 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25628 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25630 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25631 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25632 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25633 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25634 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25635 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25636 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25638 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25639 mismatched $'s or braces.
25642 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25646 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25648 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25649 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25650 tex-dvi-print-command
25651 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25652 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25653 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25654 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25655 tex-dvi-view-command
25656 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25657 tex-show-queue-command
25658 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25659 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25661 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25662 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25663 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25664 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25668 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25673 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25674 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25680 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25681 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17187 59902))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25684 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25685 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25686 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25687 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25689 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25690 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25691 Info-split to do these manually.
25693 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25695 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25696 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25697 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25698 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25699 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25701 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25703 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25704 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25705 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25706 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25708 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25709 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25710 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25711 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25713 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25714 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25716 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25720 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25721 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17277 60154))
25722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25724 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25725 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25727 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25729 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25730 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25732 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25734 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25735 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25737 It has these extra commands:
25738 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25740 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25741 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25742 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25743 modified version of TeX input format.
25745 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25746 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25747 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25748 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25750 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25751 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25752 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25753 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25754 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25755 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25756 in the Texinfo file.
25758 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25759 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25760 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25761 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25762 move forward past the closing brace.
25764 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25765 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25767 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25768 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25769 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25771 Here are the functions:
25773 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25774 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25775 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25777 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25778 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25779 texinfo-master-menu
25781 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25783 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25784 which menu descriptions are indented.
25786 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25787 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25790 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25791 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25792 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25793 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25795 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25796 be the first node in the file.
25798 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25799 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25805 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25806 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25807 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25808 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25811 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25812 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25813 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25814 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25816 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25818 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25819 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25821 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25823 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25824 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25828 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25831 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25833 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25834 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25835 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25836 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25839 The return value is number of composed characters.
25841 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25843 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25844 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
25846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25850 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
25851 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25852 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17187 59902))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
25855 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
25856 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
25858 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
25860 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25861 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
25862 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25863 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25864 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25866 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25867 a symbol as a valid THING.
25869 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
25870 of the textual entity that was found.
25872 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25874 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25875 Return the THING at point.
25876 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25877 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25878 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25880 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25881 a symbol as a valid THING.
25883 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25885 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25890 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25895 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25900 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25907 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
25908 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
25909 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
25910 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
25912 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
25913 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
25917 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
25918 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
25919 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
25920 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
25922 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
25924 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
25925 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
25929 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
25930 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
25934 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
25936 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
25937 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
25943 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
25944 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
25945 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
25946 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
25947 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
25948 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17187 59881))
25949 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
25951 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25952 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
25953 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
25957 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
25958 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
25960 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25962 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
25963 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
25964 The returned string has no composition information.
25966 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25968 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25969 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25971 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25973 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25974 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25978 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25979 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25980 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25981 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25983 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25985 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25986 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25987 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25988 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25990 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25992 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25995 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25997 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25998 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25999 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26003 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26004 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26005 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26009 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26012 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26014 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26017 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26019 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26022 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26026 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26027 ;;;;;; (17226 24578))
26028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26030 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26031 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26032 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26033 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26035 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26037 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26039 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26040 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26041 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26042 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26044 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26050 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26051 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17187 59902))
26052 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26054 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26055 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26057 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26059 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26060 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26061 This display updates automatically every minute.
26062 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26063 are displayed as well.
26064 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26068 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26069 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26070 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26072 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26074 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26076 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26078 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26079 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26080 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26082 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26083 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26084 are displayed as well.
26085 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26091 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26092 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26093 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26094 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17226
26096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26098 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26099 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26101 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26103 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26104 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26105 You can use `float-time' instead.
26107 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26109 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26110 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26112 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26114 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26115 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26117 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26119 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26120 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26122 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26124 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26125 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26126 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26128 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26130 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26132 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26133 Subtract two time values.
26134 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26136 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26138 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26139 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26141 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26143 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26144 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26145 DATE should be a date-time string.
26147 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26149 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26150 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26151 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26153 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26155 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26156 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26158 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26160 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26161 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26163 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26165 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26166 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26167 TIME should be a time value.
26168 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26170 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26172 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26173 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26174 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26176 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26180 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26181 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17196 26624))
26182 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26184 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26185 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26186 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26187 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26188 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26189 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26190 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26191 look like one of the following:
26194 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26195 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26196 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26197 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26198 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26199 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26200 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26205 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26206 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26207 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26213 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26214 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26215 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26216 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26217 ;;;;;; (17226 24571))
26218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26220 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26221 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26222 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26223 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26224 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26225 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26226 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26227 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26228 display (non-nil means on).
26230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26232 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26233 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26234 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26235 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26236 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26237 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26238 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26239 this function is called within a day.
26241 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26242 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26243 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26244 discover the name of the project.
26246 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26248 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26249 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26250 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26251 begun during the last time segment.
26253 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26254 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26255 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26256 discover the reason.
26258 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26260 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26261 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26262 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26263 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26264 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26266 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26268 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26269 Change to working on a different project.
26270 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26271 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26272 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26275 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26277 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26278 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26279 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26283 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26284 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26285 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26289 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26290 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26291 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26292 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26293 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26294 \"relative to today\".
26296 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26298 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26299 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26300 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26301 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26303 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26305 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26306 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26307 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26308 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26309 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26310 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26312 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26316 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26317 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26318 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17263 27852))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26321 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26323 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26324 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26326 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26328 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26329 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26331 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26333 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26334 Perform an action at time TIME.
26335 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26336 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26337 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26338 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26339 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26340 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26342 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26344 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26346 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26347 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26348 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26349 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26350 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26352 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26354 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26356 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26357 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26358 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26359 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26361 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26363 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26364 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26365 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26366 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26368 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26369 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26371 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26373 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26374 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26376 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26377 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26378 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26379 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26380 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26381 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26384 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26388 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26389 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17187 59880))
26390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26392 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26393 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26394 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26395 the generated Quail package is saved.
26397 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26399 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26400 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26401 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26402 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26403 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26404 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26405 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26407 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26411 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26412 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17187
26414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26416 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26419 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26421 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26424 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26426 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26427 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26428 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26431 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26435 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26436 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17187 59902))
26437 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26438 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26439 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26440 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26442 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26443 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26444 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26445 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26446 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26448 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26450 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26451 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26452 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26453 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26454 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26456 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26458 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26459 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26460 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26461 in the menu in two ways:
26462 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26463 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26464 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26466 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26467 keymap or an alist of alists.
26468 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26469 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26471 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26475 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26476 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26477 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17187 59880))
26478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26480 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26481 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26485 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26486 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26488 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26490 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26491 Insert new TODO list entry.
26492 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26497 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26498 List top priorities for each category.
26500 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26501 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26503 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26504 between each category.
26506 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26508 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26509 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26510 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26511 between each category.
26513 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26515 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26517 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26518 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26524 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26525 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26529 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26536 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26537 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
26538 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
26539 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
26541 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26543 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26544 Add an item to the tool bar.
26545 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26546 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26547 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26548 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26550 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26551 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26552 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26553 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26555 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26556 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26558 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26560 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26561 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26562 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26563 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26564 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26565 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26567 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26568 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26569 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26570 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26572 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26574 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26575 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
26576 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26577 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26578 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26579 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26580 properties to add to the binding.
26582 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26584 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26585 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
26587 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26589 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26590 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
26591 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26592 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26593 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26594 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26595 properties to add to the binding.
26597 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
26600 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26604 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26605 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
26606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26608 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26609 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26610 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26612 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26614 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26616 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26618 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26623 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26625 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26626 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26632 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26633 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17187 59901))
26634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26636 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26637 Set scroll margins.
26639 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26641 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26642 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26646 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26647 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26653 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17187 59901))
26654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26656 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26657 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26658 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26659 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26660 to a tcp server on another machine.
26662 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26666 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26667 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17187 59901))
26668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26670 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26671 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26673 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26675 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26676 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26677 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26678 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26679 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26680 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26681 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26682 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26684 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26686 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26687 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26688 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26689 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26690 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26691 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26692 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26694 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26698 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26699 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26700 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17263 27852))
26701 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26703 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26704 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26705 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26707 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26708 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26709 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26710 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26712 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26713 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26714 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26715 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26717 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26718 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26719 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26720 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26721 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26722 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26723 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26724 files which are not really tramp files.
26726 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26727 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26728 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26729 updated after changing this variable.
26731 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26733 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26735 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26736 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26737 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26738 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26740 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26741 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26742 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26743 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26745 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26746 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26747 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26749 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26750 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26751 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26752 updated after changing this variable.
26754 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26756 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26758 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26759 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26760 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26762 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26764 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26765 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26766 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26768 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26770 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26772 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26776 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26777 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17187 59902))
26778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26779 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26780 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26781 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26783 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26784 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26785 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26786 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26787 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26788 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26789 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26791 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26793 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26794 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26795 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26796 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26798 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26802 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26803 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26804 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26805 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26806 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26807 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26808 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26810 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26811 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26813 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26816 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26818 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26824 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26825 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26826 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26827 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26828 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26831 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26832 Toggle typing break mode.
26833 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26835 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26837 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26839 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26840 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26842 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26844 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26845 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
26847 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
26848 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
26849 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
26851 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
26852 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
26854 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
26856 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
26857 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
26859 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
26860 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
26861 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
26862 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
26864 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
26866 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
26867 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
26868 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
26870 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
26871 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
26872 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
26873 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
26874 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
26875 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
26877 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
26878 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
26879 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
26880 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
26882 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
26883 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
26885 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
26886 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
26888 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
26890 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
26891 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
26892 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
26894 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
26895 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
26896 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
26897 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
26898 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
26899 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
26900 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
26902 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
26903 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
26905 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
26906 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
26907 reset the keystroke counter.
26909 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
26910 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
26911 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
26912 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
26914 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
26915 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
26916 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
26917 `type-break-schedule' command.
26919 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
26920 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
26921 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
26922 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
26923 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
26924 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
26925 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
26926 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
26927 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
26929 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
26930 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
26931 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
26932 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
26933 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
26935 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
26936 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
26937 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
26938 approximate good values for this.
26940 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
26941 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
26943 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26944 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26945 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26946 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26947 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26948 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26950 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26951 a typing break occur. They include:
26953 `type-break-query-mode'
26954 `type-break-query-function'
26955 `type-break-query-interval'
26957 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26959 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26960 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26961 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26964 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26966 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26967 Take a typing break.
26969 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26970 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26972 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26973 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26977 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26978 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26979 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26980 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26984 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26985 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26987 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26988 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26989 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26990 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26991 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26992 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26993 average typing speed.)
26995 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26996 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26997 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26998 the computed maximum threshold.
27000 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27001 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27002 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27003 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27004 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27006 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27010 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17187 59902))
27012 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27014 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27015 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27016 Works by overstriking underscores.
27017 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27018 which specify the range to operate on.
27020 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27022 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27023 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27024 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27025 which specify the range to operate on.
27027 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27031 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27032 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17187 59902))
27033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27035 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27036 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27037 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27041 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27042 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27043 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27044 following the containing message.
27050 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27051 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27054 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27055 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27056 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27057 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27058 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27059 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27063 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27064 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27066 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27070 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17187
27072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27074 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27075 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27076 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27077 of symbols with local bindings.
27079 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17238 21257))
27084 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27086 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
27090 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27091 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17187 59902))
27092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27094 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27095 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27096 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27098 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27099 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27100 `url-generic-parse-url'
27101 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27102 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27103 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27105 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27106 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27107 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27108 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27109 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27110 what type of auth to use
27111 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27112 if one cannot be found in the cache
27114 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27116 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27117 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27119 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27120 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27121 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27122 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27123 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27124 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27125 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27126 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27128 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27132 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27133 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17187
27135 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27137 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27138 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27140 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27142 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27143 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27147 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27148 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27150 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27152 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27153 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27155 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27159 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17187 59902))
27160 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27162 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27169 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
27170 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
27171 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17187
27173 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
27175 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
27178 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27180 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
27183 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27185 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
27186 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
27188 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
27190 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
27193 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
27195 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
27198 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27200 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
27201 Reset the cookie saver timer.
27207 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27208 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17187 59902))
27209 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27211 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27214 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27216 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27223 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17244
27225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27227 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27228 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27230 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27234 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27235 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17187 59902))
27236 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27238 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27239 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27243 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27244 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27245 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27246 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27248 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27252 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27253 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17277
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27257 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27258 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27259 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27261 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27263 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27265 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27267 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27268 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27272 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27273 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27274 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27275 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27276 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27277 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27278 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27279 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27280 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27282 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27284 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27285 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27286 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27289 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27291 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27294 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27298 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
27299 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
27300 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
27303 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
27304 Reset the history list timer.
27308 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
27309 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
27311 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27313 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
27314 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
27315 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
27316 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
27317 user for what type to save as.
27319 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
27323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27324 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17244 4914))
27325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27327 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27328 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27329 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27330 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27331 CBARGS as the arguments.
27333 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27335 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27340 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27342 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27345 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27347 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27348 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27349 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27351 Property list members:
27354 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27358 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27362 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27365 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27368 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27369 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27370 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17187 59902))
27378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27380 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27383 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27387 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17187
27389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27391 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27392 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27393 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27394 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27395 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27397 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27401 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27402 ;;;;;; (17226 24578))
27403 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27405 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27408 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27410 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27411 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27413 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27417 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27418 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17187 59902))
27419 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27421 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27422 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27424 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27426 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27427 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27429 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27431 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27434 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27436 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27438 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27440 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27442 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27443 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27445 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27449 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27450 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27451 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27453 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27458 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27461 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27465 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27466 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27467 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27470 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27473 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27478 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27483 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27488 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27490 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27493 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27495 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27498 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27500 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27503 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27507 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27508 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17187 59902))
27509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27511 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27512 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27514 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27516 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27517 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27519 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27526 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27527 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27529 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27536 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27537 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27538 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27539 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27540 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27541 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27542 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27545 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27546 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27547 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27549 If t, all messages will be logged.
27550 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27551 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27553 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27555 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27558 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27560 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27563 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27565 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27566 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27567 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27568 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27569 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27575 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27577 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27578 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27579 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27581 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27584 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27585 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27587 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27589 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27590 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27592 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27594 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27595 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27599 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27600 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27604 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27609 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27612 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27614 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27617 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27619 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27620 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27622 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27624 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27627 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27629 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27630 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27631 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27632 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27633 forbidden in URL encoding.
27635 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27637 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27638 Escape characters in a string.
27640 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27642 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27643 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27644 If optional variable X is t,
27645 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27647 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27649 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27650 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27651 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27653 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27655 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27656 View the current document's URL.
27657 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27660 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27662 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27666 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27667 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17187 59902))
27668 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27670 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27671 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27672 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27673 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27674 to refrain from editing the file
27675 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27676 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27677 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27678 in any way you like.
27680 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27682 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27683 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27684 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27685 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27686 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27688 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27689 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17257 22483))
27696 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
27697 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
27701 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27702 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27703 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
27704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27706 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27707 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27708 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27709 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27711 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27713 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27714 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27715 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27717 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27719 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27720 Uudecode region between START and END.
27721 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27723 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27727 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27728 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27729 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27730 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27731 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27732 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27733 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17263 27852))
27734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27736 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27737 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27740 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27742 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27743 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27744 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27746 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27748 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27749 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27752 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27754 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27755 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27757 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27759 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27760 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27762 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27764 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27765 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27766 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27767 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27768 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27769 somebody else, signal error.
27771 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27773 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27774 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27775 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27776 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27777 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27779 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27781 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27782 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27783 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27784 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27785 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27786 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27787 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27788 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27789 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27790 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27791 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27793 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27795 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27796 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27798 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27799 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27801 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27802 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27803 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27804 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27805 lock steals will raise an error.
27807 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27809 For RCS and SCCS files:
27810 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27812 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27813 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27814 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27815 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27816 it performs a revert.
27817 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27818 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27819 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27820 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27821 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27822 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27823 the option to steal the lock.
27826 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27827 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27828 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27829 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27830 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27831 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27832 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27833 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27834 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27836 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27838 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27839 Register the current file into a version control system.
27840 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27841 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27843 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27844 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27845 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
27846 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
27847 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
27848 first backend that could register the file is used.
27850 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
27852 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
27853 Display diffs between file versions.
27854 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
27855 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
27856 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
27857 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
27858 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
27861 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
27863 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
27864 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27865 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27866 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27870 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27871 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27872 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27873 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27877 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27878 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27879 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27880 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27881 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27882 from the current branch.
27884 See Info node `Merging'.
27888 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27890 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27891 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27893 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27895 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27896 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27898 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27900 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27901 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27902 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27903 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27904 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27905 are checked out in that new branch.
27907 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27909 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27910 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27911 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27912 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27913 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27914 allowed and simply skipped).
27916 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27918 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27919 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27920 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27922 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27924 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27925 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27926 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27927 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27928 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27932 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27933 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27934 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27935 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27936 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27937 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27941 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27942 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27943 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27945 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27947 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27948 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27949 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27950 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27951 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27952 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27953 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27955 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27957 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27958 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27959 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27960 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27961 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27962 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27963 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27964 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27965 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27967 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27969 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27970 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27972 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27974 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27975 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27976 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27979 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27981 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27982 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27983 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27985 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27986 log entries should be gathered.
27988 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27990 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27991 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
27993 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27994 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
27995 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27996 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
27997 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27998 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28000 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28001 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28002 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28003 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28004 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28005 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28006 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28007 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28009 Customization variables:
28011 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28012 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28013 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28014 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28016 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
28020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17187 59902))
28021 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28022 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28023 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28026 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17263 27852))
28031 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28032 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28033 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28034 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28036 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17226 24578))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28042 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28043 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28046 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28050 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28051 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
28052 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28054 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28055 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28056 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28058 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28059 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28063 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28064 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28067 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28068 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28069 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28071 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28072 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28074 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28075 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28076 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28077 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17277 59650))
28082 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28083 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28084 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28085 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28087 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28089 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28094 ;;;;;; (17229 28055))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28097 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28098 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28103 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28104 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28105 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28106 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28107 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28108 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28109 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28110 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28111 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28113 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28114 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28115 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28116 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28118 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28119 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28120 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28121 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28122 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28124 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28125 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28129 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28130 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28131 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28135 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28136 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28137 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28138 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28140 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28141 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28142 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28143 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28144 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28148 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28149 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28150 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28151 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28153 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28154 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28155 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28156 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28157 beginning with \"std\").
28159 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28160 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28161 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28166 `--' puts a single comment.
28167 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28168 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28169 with a comment in between.
28170 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28171 out following lines.
28172 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28173 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28175 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28176 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28177 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28178 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28179 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28182 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28183 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28184 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28185 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28186 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28187 multi-line comments.
28191 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28192 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28193 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28194 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28196 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28197 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28198 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28199 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28201 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28202 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28205 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28206 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28210 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28211 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28212 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28213 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28214 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28215 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28216 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28217 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28219 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28220 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28221 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28222 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28223 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28226 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28227 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28228 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28230 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28231 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28235 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28236 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28237 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28238 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28239 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28240 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28243 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28244 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28245 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28246 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28249 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28253 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28254 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28255 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28256 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28257 internal signal initializations (menu).
28259 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28260 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28261 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28263 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28264 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28265 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28266 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28267 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28268 in subsequent paste operations.)
28270 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28271 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28272 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28275 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28276 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28277 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28278 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28279 association list with formals).
28282 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28283 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28284 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28285 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28286 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28287 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28288 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28289 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28294 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28298 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28302 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28303 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28304 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28306 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28307 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28310 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28311 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28312 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28313 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28315 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28316 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28317 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28319 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28320 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28321 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28322 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28324 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28325 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28326 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28327 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28328 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28330 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28331 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28332 required by secondary units.
28335 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28336 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28337 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28338 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28339 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28340 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28341 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28342 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28343 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28344 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28345 inputs to this component -> input port created
28346 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28347 outputs from this component -> output port created
28348 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28349 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28351 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28352 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28353 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28354 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28355 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28357 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28358 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28360 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28361 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28362 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28363 component instantiation is also supported (option
28364 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28366 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
28367 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
28368 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
28369 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
28370 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
28371 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
28372 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
28373 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
28374 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
28375 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
28376 | generating the configuration.
28378 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
28379 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
28380 | configurations in speedbar.
28382 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28385 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28386 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28387 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28388 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28389 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28390 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28391 information. New compilers can be added.
28393 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28394 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28397 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28398 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28399 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28400 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28401 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28403 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28406 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28407 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28408 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28410 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28411 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28412 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28413 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28414 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28415 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28416 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28419 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28420 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28421 not (yet) supported.
28422 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28423 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28424 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28428 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28429 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28430 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28431 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28432 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28433 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28434 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28435 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28437 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28438 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28439 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28440 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28441 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28442 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28443 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28444 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28445 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28446 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28447 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28451 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28452 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28453 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28454 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28455 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28456 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28457 current directory for VHDL source files.
28461 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28462 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28466 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28467 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28468 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28469 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28470 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28471 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28472 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28473 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28476 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28477 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28478 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28479 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28480 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28481 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28482 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28484 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28485 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28486 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28487 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28488 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28489 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28491 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28492 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28493 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28494 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28495 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28498 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28499 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28500 highlighted if written in lower case.
28502 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28503 highlighted using a different background color if option
28504 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28506 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28507 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28508 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28509 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28510 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28514 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28515 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28516 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28520 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28521 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28522 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28523 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28524 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28528 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28529 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28531 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28532 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28533 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28534 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28535 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28536 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28537 (used to obtain the port names).
28541 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28542 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28546 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28547 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28548 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28549 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28550 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28551 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28552 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28557 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28558 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28559 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28560 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28561 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28563 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28564 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28565 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28566 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28567 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28570 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28571 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28575 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28576 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28577 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28579 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28583 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28584 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28586 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28588 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28590 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28594 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28600 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28601 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28603 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28605 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28606 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28607 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28608 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28610 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28611 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28612 where the latest version can be found.
28618 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28619 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28620 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28623 The VHDL Mode Authors
28624 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28635 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17187 59879))
28636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28638 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28639 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28640 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28641 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28643 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28644 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28645 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28646 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28647 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28649 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28650 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28652 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28654 * Limitations and unsupported features
28655 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28657 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28658 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28661 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28662 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28663 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28664 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28665 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28666 for undoing a repeated change command.
28667 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28668 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28669 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28672 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28673 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28674 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28675 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28676 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28677 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28678 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28679 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28681 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28687 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28688 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28689 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28690 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17187 59881))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28693 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28694 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28696 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28698 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28699 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28700 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28701 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28703 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28705 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28706 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28710 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28711 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28712 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28713 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28715 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28717 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28718 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28722 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28725 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28727 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28730 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28734 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28735 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28736 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17263
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28740 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28741 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28742 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28743 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28745 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28747 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28748 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28749 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28750 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28751 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28752 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28753 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28755 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28759 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28760 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28761 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28762 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28763 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28764 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28765 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28766 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28768 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28772 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28773 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28774 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28775 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28776 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28777 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28778 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28779 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28781 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28785 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28786 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28787 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28788 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28789 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28790 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28791 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28793 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28795 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28796 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28797 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28799 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28801 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28802 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28803 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28804 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28805 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28806 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28807 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28808 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28810 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28812 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28813 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28814 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28816 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28818 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28819 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28820 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28821 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28822 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28823 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28824 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28825 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28827 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28829 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28830 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28831 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28833 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28835 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28836 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28837 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28839 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28840 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28841 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28844 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28845 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
28846 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
28847 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
28848 commands default to a repeat count of one.
28850 H, h, ? This message.
28851 Digits provide prefix arguments.
28852 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
28853 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
28854 > move to the end of buffer.
28855 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
28856 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
28857 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
28858 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
28859 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
28860 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28861 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28862 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28863 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
28864 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28865 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
28866 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
28867 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
28868 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
28869 Use this to view a changing file.
28870 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
28871 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
28872 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
28874 x exchanges point and mark.
28875 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
28876 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
28877 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
28878 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
28879 ' go to position saved in character register.
28880 s do forward incremental search.
28881 r do reverse incremental search.
28882 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28883 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28884 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28885 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28886 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28887 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28888 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28889 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28890 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28891 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28892 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28893 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28894 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28895 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28896 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28897 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28898 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28900 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28901 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28902 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28903 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28904 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28905 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28906 will return to that buffer.
28908 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28912 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28913 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28914 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28915 `view-return-to-alist'.
28916 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28917 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28918 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28920 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28921 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28922 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28923 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28924 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28926 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28927 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28928 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28929 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28931 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28933 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28935 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28938 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28944 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17226
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28948 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28949 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28953 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28954 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28960 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28961 ;;;;;; (17277 59649))
28962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28964 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28965 Toggle Viper on/off.
28966 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28970 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28971 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
28977 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28978 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28981 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28982 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28983 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28984 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28985 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28986 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28987 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28988 the beginning of the warning.")
28990 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28991 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28992 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28993 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28994 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28995 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28996 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28997 also call that function before the next warning.")
28999 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29000 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29002 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29003 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29004 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29005 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29007 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29008 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29009 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29010 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29011 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29012 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29014 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29015 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29017 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29018 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29019 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29020 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29021 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29022 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29024 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29025 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29027 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29029 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29030 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29032 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29034 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29035 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29036 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29037 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29039 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29040 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29041 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29042 can be whatever you like.)
29044 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29045 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29047 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29048 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29049 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29050 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29051 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29053 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29056 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29057 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29058 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29059 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29061 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29065 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29066 ;;;;;; (17226 24579))
29067 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29069 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29070 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29071 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29072 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29073 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29082 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17187 59902))
29083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29085 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29086 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29088 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29091 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29099 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29101 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29102 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29104 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29106 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29107 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29108 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29110 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29112 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29114 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29116 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29117 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29118 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29119 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29121 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29128 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29129 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29130 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29131 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29132 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29133 ;;;;;; (17257 22483))
29134 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29136 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29137 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29141 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29142 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29146 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29147 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29151 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29152 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29156 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29157 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29161 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29162 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29164 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29165 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29166 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29167 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29168 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29170 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29172 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29173 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29175 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29177 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29178 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29182 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29183 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29184 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29188 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29189 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29193 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29195 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29196 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29197 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29199 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29201 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29203 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29205 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29206 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29207 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29209 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29210 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29214 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29215 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29216 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29222 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29223 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17187 59902))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29226 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29227 Browse the widget under point.
29231 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29232 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29234 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29236 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29237 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29239 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29241 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29242 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29243 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29249 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29250 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17277
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29254 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29255 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29257 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29259 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29260 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29261 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29263 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29265 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29266 Create widget of TYPE.
29267 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29269 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29271 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29274 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29276 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29277 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29279 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29281 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29282 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29283 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29285 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29286 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29292 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29293 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17187
29295 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29297 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29298 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29299 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29300 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29301 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29302 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29303 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29307 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29308 Select the window above the current one.
29309 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29310 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29311 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29312 negative ARG) of the current window.
29313 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29317 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29318 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29319 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29320 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29321 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29322 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29323 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29327 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29328 Select the window below the current one.
29329 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29330 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29331 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29332 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29333 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29337 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29338 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29339 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29340 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29342 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29346 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29347 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
29348 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29350 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29351 Toggle Winner mode.
29352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29353 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29355 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29357 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29358 Toggle Winner mode.
29359 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29365 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29366 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17238 21257))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29369 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29370 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29371 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29372 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29373 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29374 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29375 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29376 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29378 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29379 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29381 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29383 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29384 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29388 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29389 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29390 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29391 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29392 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29393 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29394 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29395 `woman' command for further details.
29397 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29401 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29402 ;;;;;; (17226 24575))
29403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29405 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29406 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29409 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29410 are not implemented
29411 - Options for search and replace
29412 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29413 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29415 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29418 The key bindings are:
29428 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29430 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29431 C-l ws-repeat-search
29434 C-r scroll-down-line
29441 C-y kill-complete-line
29444 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29445 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29446 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29447 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29448 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29449 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29450 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29451 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29452 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29453 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29454 C-k b ws-begin-block
29455 C-k c ws-copy-block
29456 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29458 C-k h ws-show-markers
29459 C-k i ws-indent-block
29461 C-k p ws-print-block
29464 C-k s save-some-buffers
29466 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29467 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29468 C-k v ws-move-block
29469 C-k w ws-write-block
29471 C-k y ws-delete-block
29473 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29474 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29475 C-o j justify-current-line
29478 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29479 C-o r set-fill-column
29480 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29481 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29482 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29483 C-o wo other-window
29484 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29486 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29487 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29488 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29489 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29490 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29491 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29492 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29493 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29494 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29495 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29496 C-q a ws-query-replace
29497 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29498 C-q c end-of-buffer
29501 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29503 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29504 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29505 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29506 C-q w ws-last-error
29508 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29514 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29515 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
29516 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29518 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29519 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29520 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29521 Returns the top node with all its children.
29522 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29523 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29525 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29527 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29528 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29529 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29530 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29531 is not well-formed XML.
29532 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29533 and returned as the first element of the list.
29534 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29536 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29540 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17187
29542 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29544 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29545 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29546 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29548 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29550 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29552 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29554 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29555 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29556 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29558 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29559 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29560 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29561 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29562 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29563 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29570 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17187 59901))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29573 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29574 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29578 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29579 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29585 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29586 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17187 59902))
29587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29589 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29590 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29592 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29594 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29595 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29597 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29599 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29600 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29601 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29603 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29605 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29606 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29612 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17229 28054))
29613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29615 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29616 Zone out, completely.
29622 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29623 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17187 59902))
29624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29626 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29627 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29631 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29632 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29634 Zone-mode does two things:
29636 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29637 when saving the file
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29646 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29647 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29648 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29649 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29650 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29651 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29652 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29653 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29654 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29655 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29656 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29657 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29658 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29659 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29660 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29661 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29662 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29663 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29664 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
29665 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
29666 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
29667 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29668 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29669 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29672 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29673 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29675 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
29676 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
29677 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
29678 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
29679 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
29680 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
29681 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
29682 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
29683 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
29684 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
29685 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
29686 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
29687 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
29688 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
29689 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
29690 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
29691 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
29692 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
29693 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
29694 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29695 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29696 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29697 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29698 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29699 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29700 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29701 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29702 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29703 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29704 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29705 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29706 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29707 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29708 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29709 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29710 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29711 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29712 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29713 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
29714 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
29715 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
29716 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
29717 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
29718 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
29719 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
29720 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
29721 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
29722 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29723 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29724 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29725 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29726 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
29727 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
29728 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
29729 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
29730 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
29731 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
29732 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
29733 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
29734 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
29735 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
29736 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
29737 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
29738 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
29739 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
29740 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
29741 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
29742 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el"
29743 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
29744 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
29745 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
29746 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29747 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
29748 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29749 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
29750 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
29751 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
29752 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
29753 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
29754 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
29755 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
29756 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
29757 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
29758 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
29759 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
29760 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29761 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29762 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29763 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29764 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29765 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29766 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
29767 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
29768 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el"
29769 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
29770 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
29771 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
29772 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
29773 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
29774 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
29775 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
29776 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
29777 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
29778 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
29779 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
29780 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
29781 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
29782 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
29783 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
29784 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
29785 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
29786 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
29787 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
29788 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17279 20072 750932))
29792 ;;; Local Variables:
29793 ;;; version-control: never
29794 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29795 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29797 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here